ADVFN Logo ADVFN

We could not find any results for:
Make sure your spelling is correct or try broadening your search.

Trending Now

Toplists

It looks like you aren't logged in.
Click the button below to log in and view your recent history.

Hot Features

Registration Strip Icon for default Register for Free to get streaming real-time quotes, interactive charts, live options flow, and more.

EMDA Equity Media Holdings Corp (MM)

0.0298
0.00 (0.00%)
27 Jun 2024 - Closed
Delayed by 15 minutes
Share Name Share Symbol Market Type
Equity Media Holdings Corp (MM) NASDAQ:EMDA NASDAQ Common Stock
  Price Change % Change Share Price Bid Price Offer Price High Price Low Price Open Price Shares Traded Last Trade
  0.00 0.00% 0.0298 0 01:00:00

Equity Media Holdings Corp - Amended Annual Report (10-K/A)

01/04/2008 11:38am

Edgar (US Regulatory)



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549  
 
FORM 10-K/A  
 
x
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
 
OR
 
o
 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from                       to                        
 
Commission file number: 000-51418
 
Equity Media Holdings Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 

 
Delaware
 
20-2763411
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
One Shackleford Drive, Suite 400
Little Rock, Arkansas 72211
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
 
(501) 219-2400
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Units consisting of one share of Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share, and two Warrants
Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share
Warrants to purchase Common Stock
 
      Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  o        No  x  
 
      Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o        No x  
 
      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  x       No o  
 
      Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. Yes  o        No x  
 
      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large Accelerated Filer o        Accelerated Filer x        Non-Accelerated Filer o
 
      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o        No x
 
     The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant’s common stock as of March 29, 2008 was 40,278,382 shares.
 
     At June 30, 2007, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there were 40,162,909 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding, and the aggregate market value of such shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price of such shares as reported on the NASDAQ Capital Markets) was approximately $125.9 million. Shares of the registrant’s common stock held by the registrant’s executive officers and directors have been excluded because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates of the registrant. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
 
Documents Incorporated By Reference  
 
None.
 

 
EQUITY MEDIA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FILED WITH
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007
ITEMS IN FORM 10-K  

   
Page
PART I.
   
     
Item 1.
BUSINESS
4
     
Item 1A.
RISK FACTORS
 24
     
Item 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 33
     
Item 2.
PROPERTIES
 34
     
Item 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 34
     
Item 4.
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 35
     
PART II.
   
     
Item 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 36
     
Item 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 39
     
Item 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 40
     
Item 7A
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 61
     
Item 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 61
     
Item 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 97
     
Item 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 97
     
Item 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
 98
     
PART III.
 
 
     
Item 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 99
     
Item 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 104
     
Item 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 113
     
Item 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 114
     
Item 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
 116
     
PART IV.
   
 
2

 
Item 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 117
Ex-31.1 Section 302 Certification of CEO
 
Ex-32.1 Section 302 Certification of CFO
 
Ex-32.1 Section 906 Certification of CEO
 
Ex-32.2 Section 906 Certification of CFO
 
 
3

 
PART I  
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS  
 
Overview
 
In this report, Equity Media Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries are referred to as EMHC, we , or the “Company”. For all periods prior to the effective date of the merger with Coconut Palm Acquisition Corporation (“Coconut Palm” or “CPAC”) as described herein, references to the Company include the operations of Equity Broadcasting Corporation and its related businesses (“EBC”).
 
The Company was incorporated in Delaware on April 29, 2005 as Coconut Palm Acquisition Corp. On March 30, 2007, the Company merged with Equity Broadcasting Corporation, with Coconut Palm remaining as the legal surviving corporation; however, the financial statements and continued operations are those of EBC as the accounting acquirer. Immediately following the merger, the Company changed its name to Equity Media Holdings Corporation. EBC started its business operations in 1998 when it owned 100% of five radio stations and twenty-four low power television stations and 50% of one low power television station. Since then, it has sold the five radio stations and fifteen of the low power television stations along with numerous other properties it has bought and/or sold.
 
The Company, headquartered in Little Rock, Arkansas currently owns and operates television stations across the United States and the Retro Television Network (“RTN”). Since its inception and up to December 31, 2007, the Company has built and aggregated a total of 120 full and low power permits, licenses and applications that it owns or has contracts to acquire. The Company’s current FCC license asset portfolio includes 23 full power stations, 38 Class A stations and 59 low power stations, including two metropolitan New York City low power stations that the Company is currently under contract to purchase. The Company’s stations service English and Spanish-language audiences in 41 markets that represent more than 32% of the U.S. population.
 
While the Company originally targeted small to medium-sized markets for development, it has been able to leverage its original properties into stations in larger metropolitan markets, including Denver, Detroit, Salt Lake City, Minneapolis and Oklahoma City. The Company’s stations are affiliated with broadcast networks as follows: 19 of the stations are affiliated with Univision, 12 are affiliated with the Company’s Retro Television Network (“RTN”), five are affiliated with MyNetworkTV, four are affiliated with FOX, three are affiliated with TeleFutura, and one is affiliated with ABC.
 
With 19 affiliates, the Company is the second-largest affiliate group of the top-ranked Univision and TeleFutura networks 13 of which operate amongst the nation’s top-65 Hispanic television markets. The Company believes that it has a superior growth opportunity in these Hispanic properties because of the projected continued Hispanic population growth in those markets combined with 15-year affiliation agreements with either Univision or TeleFutura, respectively.
 
RTN was developed to fulfill a need in the broadcasting industry that is occurring now and will continue to occur as broadcast stations switch over to digital programming pursuant to a Federal Communications Commission mandate with a February, 2009 deadline. Digital Television (“DTV”), will allow broadcasters to offer television content with movie-quality picture and CD-quality sound. DTV is a much more efficient technology, allowing broadcasters to provide a “high definition” (“HDTV”), program and multiple “standard definition” DTV programs simultaneously. Providing several programs streams on one broadcast channel is called “multicasting.” The challenge facing many broadcasters is how to effectively program and monetize the value created by DTV.
 
RTN is the first network designed for the digital arena. RTN takes some of the most popular and entertaining programs from the 60s, 70s, 80s, and 90s, all ratings proven and digitally re-mastered, and provides them to their RTN affiliates. RTN affiliates enjoy a scalable, cost efficient content solution for their digital channels. A major differentiator between RTN and other potential digital solutions is RTN’s ability to deliver local news, sports, and weather updates to the local RTN affiliate, in addition to the quality RTN programming. This enables the local affiliate to sell local advertising spots to generate revenue.
 
The ability to deliver localized programs to the RTN affiliate is accomplished through utilization of the Company’s proprietary digital satellite technology system known as “C.A.S.H.” The Central Automated Satellite Hub (“CASH”), system provides the means of delivering a fully automated, 24 hour a day custom feed for each local affiliate. The Company has the capability to launch localized network feeds in all 210 U.S. TV markets and internationally as well.
 
4

 
The Company has historically focused on aggregating stations and developing delivery systems. Over the past eight years, the Company financed itself largely by acquiring television construction permits and stations at attractive valuations. After acquiring the stations, the Company would construct and/or upgrade the facilities and, on a selective market basis, sell the station at an increased valuation to fund operations and acquisitions and to service debt.
 
 Following the March, 2007 merger, the Company’s business focus shifted from primarily aggregating stations to increasing RTN affiliate penetration and maximizing revenue and profit for each station. The Company intends to achieve revenue growth and profitability through various entity and station-level initiatives in select markets. These initiatives, which the Company has recently begun to implement, include:

continued growth of the RTN affiliate base in key U.S. television markets;
   
focusing on growing national business;
   
addition of experienced managers in select local markets;
   
upgrading / increasing sales staffs in select local markets;
   
establishing market appropriate rate cards;
   
upgrading local news (where available) and expanding local programming in select markets;
   
upgrading syndicated programming;
   
enhancing cable and satellite distribution
 
Generally, it takes a few years for the Company’s newly acquired or built stations to generate operating cash flow. In addition, it requires time to gain viewer awareness of new station programming and to attract advertisers. Accordingly, the Company has incurred, and expects to continue to incur, with newly acquired or built stations, losses at a station in the first few years after it acquires or builds the station. Occasionally unforeseen expenses and delays increase the estimated initial start-up expenses. This requires the Company’s established stations to generate revenues and cash flow sufficient to meet its business plan including the significant expenses related to newly acquired or built stations.
 
The Company is also one of the largest holders of broadcast spectrum in the US. Each of these stations is 6 MHz and is located in the 480-680 MHz band. Our spectrum adjoins the 700 MHz band and offers similar propagation characteristics. The Company anticipates that it will supplement its revenues by monetizing its significant spectrum portfolio through joint-ventures, leasing or sub-licensing to telecoms and new media companies.
 
Over the past 8 years, use of wireless minutes has increased over 18 fold, number of customers has increased over 400%, and wireless data revenues have increased from under $100 million to over $4 billion according to an Aloha Partners White Paper submitted to Congress on April 19, 2005.
 
To date the company has focused on using digital spectrum by launching a new broadcast channel specifically designed for digital carriage through multicasting – Retro Television Network. Other potential uses for spectrum include WiMax data transmission, Video-on-demand, and mobile broadcasting for wireless carriers & consumer electronic device makers.
 
Currently, we estimate that the EMHC station digital footprint when fully built out would cover approximately 112, 500,000 people with 6 MHz of digital spectrum.
 
The Company also launched a new corporate and investor relations website (www.EMDAholdings.com) in August 2007. The website features new and expanded content about the Company’s operating businesses, senior management, news and public filings. All key information on the website is available in an up-to-date, interactive format.
 
5

 
Company History
 
EBC was originally formed through a stock and unit exchange of various entities and assets for common stock. In June 2001, EBC issued approximately $30 million of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to various preferred shareholders, including a $25.0 million equity investment by Univision. Following its investment in EBC, Univision has historically in effect utilized the Company as a development vehicle for its network to enter into various new, strategic markets seeking to increase its footprint across the United States and to pursue its aggressive growth strategy. After the March 2007 merger with Coconut Palm, Univision continues to own approximately 5% of the Company on a fully-converted basis, with ownership consisting of common stock and preferred stock. In connection with the merger, Univision extended its affiliation agreements with the Company for a term totaling 15 years beginning March 2007 in all markets in which the Company operates with Univision and TeleFutura. The Company now has affiliation agreements for 44 of its stations, 19 of which have 15-year affiliation agreements with the top-ranked Univision primary network or the TeleFutura network.
 
Over the years, the Company has focused on high-growth underserved Hispanic markets as the U.S. Hispanic population is growing three times faster than that of non-Hispanic population, according to the U.S. Census Bureau estimates. The Top 10 Hispanic markets have grown at 21%, while the Company’s Hispanic markets have grown at more than double that rate, 43%, according to Nielsen 2001-2006 Universe Estimates. The Company has continued to opportunistically acquire FCC licenses, construction permits, and stations in key markets, and identified these underserved markets by assessing the Top 100 Hispanic markets in the United States and identifying opportunities, either through FCC licenses or station sales, to enter into these markets. The Company focuses on driving sales in both the Spanish-language markets as well as our English language stations in early stages of development. Through the use and applications of the FCC historic television licensing process and its industry alliances, the Company has been able to develop its FCC asset portfolio to a total of 120 full and low power permits, licenses and applications that it owns or has contracts to acquire. During this time, the Company has operated or had signed agreements to acquire one of the largest portfolios of both television stations and digital spectrum in the United States, according to BIA Financial Network, Inc. Presently, the Company has 23 full power stations and construction permits, 38 Class A stations and 59 low power stations, which serve primarily as translator stations. Translator stations are low power stations that rebroadcast the primary station’s signal to expand the coverage and fill in holes. While the Company originally targeted small to medium-sized markets for development, the Company has been able to leverage its original properties into stations in larger metropolitan markets such as Denver, Colorado; Salt Lake City, Utah; Kansas City, Missouri; Detroit, Michigan; Minneapolis, Minnesota; and Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. For Hispanic and English broadcasting, the Company’s potential targets include: (1) large markets (designated market area (DMA) ranking #1-50) — independents; (2) middle markets (DMA ranking #51-100) — networks; (3) small markets (DMA ranking #100+) — major networks, and (4) small station groups ( source: Nielsen Media Research ).
 
The Company believes it is uniquely positioned within the high growth areas of specialty or niche programming, with access to broadcast spectrum in several large markets. The Company developed and applied for a U.S. patent for the C.A.S.H. system, as described below. The design of the system allows for the addition of modules giving the system the ability to grow as system demand requires. In addition, the conversion to Mpeg-4 compression from the current Mpeg-2 compression will allow the Company to put almost twice as many signals in our current satellite bandwidth at approximately the same monthly cost. The Company also believes that it is well positioned with respect to data convergence, and that its significant spectrum assets provide an opportunity as a digital content delivery vehicle within its footprint.
 
The Company is the second largest affiliate of Univision, the leading Spanish-language television broadcaster in the U.S. that reaches approximately 99% of all U.S. “Hispanic Households” (defined as those with a head of household who is of Hispanic descent or origin, regardless of the language spoken in the household). Univision is a key source of programming for the Company’s television broadcasting business and continues to be a key strategic partner. Univision’s primary network, which is the most watched television network (English or Spanish-language) among Hispanic Households, provides the Univision affiliates with 24 hours per day of Spanish-language programming with a prime time schedule of substantially all first run programming (i.e., no re-runs) throughout the year.
 
6

 
Of the stations in the Company’s portfolio, 44 have strategic affiliation agreements in place to provide programming and generate revenue. A significant number of these affiliates are in early stages of development with growth potential. The nature of the television business is such that most costs excluding selling commissions are fixed. After start up many stations reach the breakeven point, a majority of the new revenue goes to the bottom line and the incremental profit margins are high. This creates a high growth potential on each new dollar of revenue. In addition, TV stations cannot mature and reach their full profit potential until they acquire good content and develop an audience and obtain advertisers. Historically a large number of the Company stations were selling paid programming and not acquiring quality content. The Company has started acquiring diversified content for the station group.
 
In the past several years, the Company’s management has been focused on acquisitions, developing stations and getting FCC approvals for licenses to operate in markets across the United States. During this period, the Company, in order to avoid excess dilution or high debt exposure, often would sell assets it had developed rather than borrow money for growth. Thus, the Company financed itself largely by acquiring television construction permits and acquiring stations at attractive valuations. Normally the company would sell an asset, if it could take a portion of the monies generated (usually less than 1 / 2 ) and find one or two not yet developed assets that it could acquire to replace the asset being disposed of. After acquiring the stations, the Company would construct and/or upgrade the facilities. The Company would, on a selective market basis, acquire attractive programming, build up a local sales presence and sell the station at an increased valuation to fund operations, internal growth, acquisitions and to service debt. The Company has completed four material station sale transactions in the last three years of which three resulted in gains. As a result of the limited availability of funding, the Company has continued this selective station development and sale process and to date has not focused on implementing comprehensive programming, sales, marketing and advertising programs at each station to fully maximize the revenue or profitability potential for its properties. The Company does expect to evaluate and re-align its portfolio, selling under performing assets and using the proceeds for debt reduction, growth of RTN and to expand the potential of existing core stations.
 
Industry Overview and Trends
 
 
Television Broadcast Industry
 
Although television technology was developed in the late 1800s, the first television broadcast in the United States came approximately 50 years later when Very High Frequency (VHF) channels (channels 2-13) were introduced in the early 1940s. Ultrahigh Frequency (UHF) channels (channels 14-83) were unveiled 11 years later following a four year freeze on station licensing, which allowed engineers to work out the intricacies of adding these additional channels. It was almost a decade after the introduction of UHF channels when the first commercially-based Spanish television station began broadcasting in the United States.
 
The majority of over-the -air television stations in the U.S. are affiliated with major networks, such as NBC, CBS, ABC, Fox and Univision. Each of these networks contributes programming to affiliate stations in exchange for the use of advertising sales time within those programs. The networks typically retain the revenues generated from these advertising placements, which helps to offset the cost of providing the programming. Historically, affiliated broadcasters generate revenues through the remaining advertising time not taken by the major networks, through the advertising of non-network programming (either in-house or independent) and through network compensation agreements. However, the industry trends have begun to shift away from the concept of network compensation. For example, FOX is asking stations to essentially share in the cost of producing high-profile programming, including major sporting events such as NFL games. It is expected that ABC, CBS and NBC will implement such initiatives in the future. This trend increases the pressure on local stations to recoup related expenses.
 
In contrast to the major networks, smaller networks such as MyNetworkTV ( launched by FOX) and the CW (formed through the merger of WB and UPN) typically possess a smaller catalog of programming, and affiliated stations utilize more syndicated and, or local programming as they typically only supply two hours of programming during prime time hours. The syndicated and, or local programming normally allows the station to retain the rights to a significantly higher portion of advertising spots. This is attractive to broadcasters because it allows for more advertising spots, as well as decreases the network fees that are often associated with the larger networks, especially given the recent trend of networks having stations share in the cost of producing programs.
 
7

 
The Spanish Language Market Opportunity in the United States
 
Management believes that the Company benefits from the continued growth of the Hispanic market in the United States. Spanish-language media is expected to continue expanding due to growth in the Hispanic population and the increasing spending power of the Hispanic demographic. The discussion below references statistics primarily from the following sources: (1) U.S. Census Bureau; (2) the Advertising Age Hispanic Fact Pack; (3) Nielsen Media Research; (4) U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, and (5) Hispanic Business Inc., the U.S. Hispanic Media Market.
 
 
Hispanic Population Growth
 
According to the U.S. Census Bureau and Nielsen Media Research, the Hispanic population in the U.S. has increased from 22 million in 1990 to 35 million in 2000 and 41 million in 2004. This number in 2004 represented 14% of the total U.S. population. The growth rate of the Hispanic population is over three times the growth rate of the total U.S. population and five times the growth rate of the non-Hispanic population. According to the Advertising Age Hispanic Fact Pack, the total Hispanic community is expected to grow to 60 million by 2020 and represent 18% of the total U.S. population. Certain Hispanic markets have grown at rates ranging from 20% up to more than double that rate, at over 40%. ( Source: Nielsen 2001, 2006 Universe Estimates ).
 
Spanish-language Advertising
 
U.S. Hispanic advertising spending was approximately $3.2 billion in 2005. Hispanic ad dollars were up 12.1% in 2005, compared with a 6.6% growth in overall U.S. advertising spending. ( Source: Hispanic Business Inc., the U.S. Hispanic media market ). Over 86% of total Hispanic media spending was in the form of TV and radio advertising. Total Hispanic advertising spending is projected to grow at 10.3% compound annual growth from 2004 through 2009 versus a 6.2% growth for all U.S. media. (Source: Hispanic Fact Pack ).
 
According to Nielsen Media Research, while Hispanics represent 14% of the total U.S. population, Spanish-language advertising spending only accounted for 3.4% of total U.S. advertising spending in 2005. Increasing the focus on the Hispanic market will narrow this advertising spending gap. Based on the company’s experience, although approximately half of all Hispanics predominantly speak Spanish, Hispanics who predominately speak English and non-Hispanics who speak Spanish also watch Spanish language programming. In addition, there are currently several networks that target the predominantly English-speaking Hispanics, such as SiTV and MTV3, which not only reach bilingual Hispanics but also attract non-Hispanics, thus further increasing the potential advertising base. Therefore, the Spanish-language media market can still gain a significant market share, on a fair basis, of a currently $264 billion U.S. media spending market.
 
  Business Strategy — Historical
 
      The Company has historically operated through five primary revenue channels (described below): (i) paid programming and infomercials on its English language stations; (ii) spot sales on its Spanish-language stations (Univision and TeleFutura); (iii) spot sales on traditional network affiliate stations (FOX, ABC, UPN and WB); (iv) acquiring and divesting television properties (and using the proceeds, in part, for new station build-outs and/or acquisitions); and (v) the Company’s Media Services division. Products of the Media Services division, which the Company makes available to other broadcasters, include the C.A.S.H. Services (Central Automated Satellite Hub) system and ENS (Equity News Service). The C.A.S.H. Services system is a proprietary, state-of -the-art, server-based centralized programming system that uses digital satellite technology to allow the Company to feed all programming to station transmitters and cable systems from the Company’s master control facility in Little Rock, Arkansas. ENS is a news production facility that provides centralized news operations. Due to scarce resources and the limited window of opportunity to develop Univision markets, the Company had focused its efforts on acquiring high-growth, underserved Hispanic markets rather than fully developing each market before moving to the next market. A majority of the Company’s network stations have been acquired or built within the last five years and will, therefore, require a few years for these stations to generate operating cash.
 
8

 
      Historically, the company has liquidated properties in smaller, highly competitive marketplaces where strong growth prospects were limited or markets where the company could replace the asset sold at a lower cost basis and expand its national coverage, such as the Portland sale where the company was able to acquire stations in Waco, TX; Nashville, TN; Jacksonville, FL; Grand Rapids, MI and Lexington, KY, three of which have Univision affiliates. Under its current operating plan, the Company is evaluating planned dispositions of various core and non-core station assets.     
 
  English-language Television
 
As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s English-language station group had the following network affiliations: ABC (1 station), FOX (4 stations), MyNetwork TV (5 primary affiliations and 4 secondary affiliations), and Retro Television Network (“RTN”) (12 stations). MyNetworkTV is a FOX network launched in 2006. It recently announced that it had acquired the rights to WWE Smackdown and will begin airing in September 2008.
 
Many start-up stations that do not have a strong local sales team allocate a substantial portion of their air time to paid programming and infomercials. This provides a stable cash flow for the time periods involved, but the revenue is normally substantially less than the amount that could be generated by spot sales during quality, syndicated programming. In addition, paid programming alienates most viewers and produces significantly reduced ratings, making spot sales harder to generate. In 2007, paid programming accounted for 14% of the Company’s total television revenue.
 
For the next several years, stations carrying the new networks should allow for higher growth rates than the traditional television model. As a result of these stations being in the process of developing their audience, they have an abundance of available inventory and are currently selling spots at low rates. As the station’s ratings mature, the inventory should sell out and spot rates should increase as demand exceeds supply. In contrast, most mature stations have very little available inventory and are dependent on inflationary spot rate increases for growth.
 
Retro Television Network
 
RTN is the first completely-customizable, national television network to provide a 24/7 digital feed of hit shows to each of its affiliates. RTN takes some of the most popular and entertaining programs from the 60s, 70s, 80s and 90s – ratings-proven programming that has been digitally re-mastered, and mixes them with localized sports, weather and news, depending on each individual station’s needs. As the nation quickly approaches the mandated February 2009 deadline for switching to 100 percent digital programming, RTN is the first network designed for the digital arena. In effect, RTN is creating a new digital market and profit opportunity for local broadcasters.
 
The goal of RTN is to deliver affordable, recognizable programming to local affiliates through a one-of-a-kind, turnkey system developed specifically by RTN for the customized operation of multiple digital channels following the switch from analog to digital television. RTN executives believe that RTN meets the criteria for success in the digital era for the following reasons:
 
Broadcasters’ growing desire to monetize their digital subchannels – Local broadcasters are beginning to understand the revenue potential that the extra bandwidth provides and are searching for quality programming that is affordable.
 
RTN’s quality programming is completely-customizable – RTN has established long-term programming agreements with some of the largest distributors and will work with its affiliates to develop the perfect lineup.
 
RTN’s unique, turnkey method of delivery - The real value of RTN lies in its unique design, which allows each affiliate to remain in complete control while RTN runs the local and national master control from its central hub.
 
Congress has set a February 18, 2009 deadline for television stations to switch entirely from analog to digital broadcasts. At this time, television as we now know it will be replaced by a more efficient system that offers movie-quality picture and CD-quality sound, along with a variety of other enhancements.
 
Digital Television (DTV) is a more flexible technology than the current analog broadcast technology. Rather than being limited to providing one analog programming channel, a broadcaster will be able to provide a super-sharp "high definition" (HDTV) broadcast and multiple "standard definition" DTV broadcasts simultaneously. Providing several program streams on one broadcast channel is called "multicasting." The number of programs a station can send on one assigned digital channel depends on the level of picture detail, also known as "resolution," desired in each programming stream.
 
9

 
The digital conversion creates new opportunities for local station’s to generate revenue because they can now air multiple broadcast streams. RTN is specifically designed to give local broadcasters a way to successfully monetize this excess digital capacity.
 
RTN’s custom feed gives local affiliates highly sought after flexibility in the digital age. RTN brings recognizable, ratings-proven, digitally-remastered, high-quality programming through our long-term programming arrangements with broadcast giants such as CBS, Sony and NBC Universal. The custom feed delivered by RTN allows each affiliate the opportunity to tailor the programming to meet the needs of its market and fill a programming gap that historically has been unfilled.
 
In addition to completely-customizable programming, RTN also offers market-specific news and weather breaks hosted by network-provided talent. Other RTN services include:
 
Ability of affiliate to deliver all spots to the RTN master control via FTP, for use in the C.A.S.H. system
 
Use of RTN’s digital master control
 
Switching of the feed for live sporting events
 
Production of station promotions, IDs and other station identification graphics
 
RTN knows that these services are important because they allow the affiliates to maintain the ‘local’ aspect without having to sacrifice the primary channel’s manpower.
 
RTN is distributed by Equity Media’s C.A.S.H. (Central Automated Satellite Hub) system, a state-of-the-art digital satellite uplink system that feeds programming to affiliates from its Little Rock, Ark., headquarters. This system allows for substantial cost savings through consolidation of operations. Additional benefits of the C.A.S.H. system include:
 
Centralcasting
 
Merging/Consolidating Master Control
 
Automated
 
Increased Cable Penetration
 
Digital Quality Picture
 
Lower Capital Expenditures and Operating Costs
 
Unlimited Capacity and Capability
 
Delivery of Other Services
 
The C.A.S.H. system allows affiliates to receive the RTN feed without having to establish a separate personnel base to run the daily operations. The C.A.S.H. system basically replaces the need for Master Control operations, engineers or a traffic department. Since the local affiliate retains the local advertising revenue, a sales staff dedicated to selling the local advertising inventory is the only personnel required.
 
10

 
Spanish-Language Television
 
Overview
 
Upon completion of the March, 2007 merger, nineteen of the Company’s stations were granted 15-year affiliation agreements with the top-ranked Univision’s primary network or its TeleFutura network. Of these 19 Hispanic stations, 13 are in the nation’s top 65 U.S. Hispanic markets, none of which fall within the nation’s top 10 Hispanic markets. The largest Hispanic market in which the Company has an affiliation agreement is Ft. Myers/Naples, Florida, currently ranked number 36 in the nation’s top Hispanic markets. The Company’s television stations include the second largest affiliate group of the Univision networks. Univision is the leading Spanish-language network in the United States, reaching 99% of all U.S. Hispanic households. Univision’s primary network is the most watched television network (English- or Spanish-language) among U.S. Hispanic households. Univision’s primary network and its TeleFutura Network represent approximately 34% of the total prime time viewing among Hispanics, regardless of language. The Company has 24-hour access to Univision programming, which includes all first-run programming every day during prime time. No other major network offers first-run programming during prime time year round.
 
Univision Network Programming
 
Univision directs its programming primarily toward a young, family-oriented audience. Every Monday through Friday, programming begins with several talk/variety shows, followed by drama miniseries and several novelas. The late afternoon begins with an entertainment show and continues with a newsmagazine, as well as local news produced by the Company’s own stations and the network newscast. Prime time is filled with first run novelas, variety shows, talk shows, comedies, reality shows and specials. Another session of late news follows with a late night comedy show to conclude the daily programming. Weekend daytime programming begins with children’s programming and is generally followed by sports, reality shows, teen lifestyle shows and movies.
 
      Approximately eight to ten hours of programming per weekday, including a large portion of weekday prime time, are currently programmed with novelas supplied primarily by Grupo Televisa, and to a lesser extent, Venevision. Though largely equated to the daytime soap operas of the major English networks, novelas have significant differences. Originally made as serialized books, novelas typically run four to eight months and target much wider audiences than the typical English soap operas.
 
TeleFutura Network Programming
 
      TeleFutura is Univision’s other 24-hour general-interest Spanish-language broadcast network. TeleFutura programming includes sports (including boxing, soccer and a nightly wrap-up at 11 p.m.), movies (including a mix of English-language movies translated into Spanish) and novelas not run on Univision’s primary network, as well as reruns of popular novelas broadcast on Univision’s primary network.
 
      TeleFutura’s programming schedule is strategically counter-programmed to the Univision programming, such as when TeleFutura will be airing a movie or soccer game.
 
Network Affiliation Agreements
 
Several of the Company’s stations have affiliation agreements granting them exclusive rights to broadcast Univision and TeleFutura programming in certain geographic areas. These agreements allow the stations to sell up to six minutes per hour of advertising on the Univision network and four and a half minutes on TeleFutura’s network, subject to occasional allocation adjustments by Univision.
 
11

 
As part of the March, 2007 merger, the affiliation agreements with Univision were extended for a term totaling 15 years through 2022, with provisions for several two-year renewals at Univision’s option and the Company’s consent.
 
Local Programming
 
The Company offers local news in several markets. The Company believes that its local news products brand its stations in their local television markets. The Company shapes its local news to relate to and inform its target audiences. Substantial investments have been made in people and equipment in order to provide local communities with quality newscasts. The Company strives to be the most important community voice in each of its local markets. In several of these markets, the Company believes that its local news is the most significant source of Spanish-language daily news for the Hispanic community. Many of the Company’s stations produce local weekly community affairs shows that cover important issues and topics for Hispanics. In addition, the Company also produces local news and weather updates throughout the broadcast day.
 
Television Station Portfolio
 
The table below lists information concerning each of the Company’s television stations/construction permits and its respective market, as of March 12, 2008.

DMA
 
DMA
 
CITY of
 
CALL
 
 
 
 
#
 
NAME
 
LICENSE
 
SIGN
 
CH. #
 
AFFILIATION
131
 
Amarillo
 
Borger, TX
 
KEYU-DT
 
31
 
UNI
 
 
 
 
Amarillo, TX
 
KEYU-LP
 
41
 
UNI
 
 
 
 
Amarillo, TX
 
K59HG
 
59
 
UNI
131
 
Amarillo
 
Amarillo, TX
 
KEAT-LP
 
22
 
Retro Jams
131
 
Amarillo
 
Amarillo, TX
 
KAMT-LP
 
50
 
TLF
 
 
 
 
Amarillo, TX
 
K38IP
 
38
 
TLF
9
 
Atlanta
 
Atlanta, GA
 
WYGA-CA
 
55
 
Retro Jams
49
 
Buffalo
 
Springville, NY
 
WNGS
 
67/7
 
RTN
90
 
Burlington / Plattsburgh
 
Burlington, VT
 
WGMU-CA
 
39
 
MNT
 
 
 
 
Rutland, VT
 
W61CE
 
61
 
MNT
       
Burlington, VT
 
WBVT-CA
 
30
 
MNT
       
St. Albans, VT
 
W52CD
 
52
 
MNT
       
Monkton, VT
 
W19BR
 
19
 
MNT
       
Ellenburg, NY
 
W49BI
 
49
 
MNT
       
Claremont, NY
 
W17CI
 
17
 
MNT
192
 
Butte / Bozeman
 
Butte, MT
 
KBTZ
 
24
 
FOX & MNT
 
 
 
 
Bozeman, MT
 
KBTZ-LP
 
32
 
FOX
       
Bozeman, MT
 
K15HI
 
15
 
FOX
89
 
Cedar Rapids / Waterloo
 
Waterloo, IA
 
KWWF
 
22
 
RTN
195
 
Cheyenne / Scottsbluff
 
Cheyenne, WY
 
KKTU-LP
 
40
 
ABC
195
 
Cheyenne / Scottsbluff
 
Scottsbluff, NE
 
KTUW
 
16/17
 
RTN
18
 
Denver / Cheyenne
 
Cheyenne, WY
 
KDEV
 
33/11
 
RTN
 
 
 
 
Aurora, CO
 
KDEV-CA
 
39
 
RTN
       
Rawlins, WY
 
K21CV
 
21
 
RTN
       
Laramie, WY
 
K61DX
 
61
 
RTN
11
 
Detroit
 
Detroit, MI
 
WUDT-CA
 
23
 
UNI
172
 
Dothan
 
Dothan, AL
 
WDTH-LP
 
59
 
Paid
 
 
 
 
Dothan, AL
 
W23DJ
 
23
 
Paid
120
 
Eugene
 
Roseburg, OR
 
KTVC
 
36/18
 
RTN
 
 
 
 
Eugene, OR
 
KAMK-LP
 
53
 
RTN
64
 
Ft. Myers / Naples
 
Ft. Myers, FL
 
WTLE-LP
 
18
 
TLF
 
 
 
 
Naples, FL
 
WUVF-CA
 
2
 
UNI
       
Ft. Myers, FL
 
WLZE-LP
 
51
 
UNI
 
12

 
64
 
Ft. Myers / Naples
 
Ft. Myers, FL
 
WEVU-CA
 
4
 
UNI
64
 
Fort Myers/Naples
 
Naples, FL
 
WBSP-CA
 
7
 
Retro Jams
102
 
Ft. Smith - Fayetteville
 
Ft. Smith, AR
 
KPBI-CA
 
46
 
MNT
 
 
 
 
Bentonville, AR
 
KHMF-CA
 
14
 
MNT
       
Siloam Springs, AR
 
KKAF-CA
 
33
 
MNT
       
Paris, AR
 
KRAH-CA
 
60
 
MNT
       
Poteau, OK
 
KSJF-CA
 
50
 
MNT
       
Fayetteville, AR
 
KEGW-LP
 
64
 
MNT
       
Winslow, AR
 
KWNL-CA
 
31
 
MNT
       
Fort Smith, AR
 
K66FM
 
66
 
MNT
       
Fort Smith, OK
 
K48FL
 
48
 
MNT
       
Fort Smith, AR
 
K33HE
 
33
 
MNT
102
 
Ft. Smith - Fayetteville
 
Fort Smith, AR
 
K32GH
 
32
 
Retro Jams
 
 
 
 
Hindsville, AR
 
KRBF-CA
 
59
 
Retro Jams
102
 
Ft. Smith - Fayetteville
 
Ft. Smith, AR
 
KFDF-CA
 
44
 
UNI
 
 
 
 
Fayetteville, AR
 
KFFS-CA
 
36
 
UNI
       
Ft. Smith, AR
 
KUFS-LP
 
54
 
UNI
102
 
Ft. Smith - Fayetteville
 
Eureka Springs, AR
 
KPBI-TV
 
34
 
RTN
 
 
 
 
Ft. Smith, AR
 
KWFT-LP
 
34
 
RTN
       
Ft. Smith, AR
 
K58FB
 
58
 
RTN
102
 
Ft. Smith - Fayetteville
 
Springdale, AR
 
KJBW-CA
 
4
 
UNI
 
 
 
 
Fort Smith, AR
 
KXUN-LP
 
43
 
UNI
162
 
Gainesville
 
Williston, FL
 
W56EJ
 
56
 
Retro Jams
162
 
Gainesville
 
Williston, FL
 
W63DB
 
63
 
Paid
39
 
Grand Rapids
 
Grand Rapids, MI
 
WUHQ-LP
 
29
 
Paid
190
 
Great Falls
 
Great Falls, MT
 
KLMN
 
26
 
FOX & MNT
87
 
Jackson
 
Jackson, MS
 
WJXF-LP
 
49
 
Paid
87
 
Jackson
 
Jackson, MS
 
WJMF-LP
 
53
 
UNI
50
 
Jacksonville
 
Maxville, FL
 
WUJF-LP
 
33
 
UNI
31
 
Kansas City
 
Kansas City, MO
 
KUKC-LP
 
48
 
UNI
43
 
Las Vegas
 
Goldfield, NV
 
KEGS
 
7/50
 
RTN
 
 
 
 
Reno, NV
 
KELM-LP
 
43
 
RTN
43
 
Las Vegas
 
Las Vegas, NV
 
KEGS-CA
 
30
 
RTN
43
 
Las Vegas
 
Ely, NV
 
KBNY
 
6
 
Tolled
 
 
 
 
Las Vegas, NV
 
KNBX-CA
 
31
 
SuTV
63
 
Lexington
 
Lexington, KY
 
WBLU-LP
 
62
 
MNT & RTN
57
 
Little Rock
 
Camden
 
KKYK
 
49
 
RTN
 
 
 
 
Little Rock, AR
 
KKYK-CA
 
20
 
RTN
   
 
 
Hot Springs, AR
 
KTVV-CA
 
63
 
RTN
   
 
 
Little Rock, AR
 
KHTE-LP
 
44
 
RTN
57
 
Little Rock
 
Little Rock, AR
 
KHUG-CA
 
14
 
Retro Jams
57
 
Little Rock
 
Little Rock, AR
 
KLRA-CA
 
58
 
UNI
57
 
Little Rock
 
Little Rock, AR
 
KWBF
 
42/44
 
MNT
 
 
 
 
Sheridan, AR
 
KWBF-LP
 
47
 
MNT
       
Pine Bluff, AR
 
KWBK-LP
 
45
 
MNT
       
Batesville, AR
 
K38IY
 
38
 
MNT
2
 
Los Angeles
 
Ventura, CA
 
KIMG-LP
 
23/17
 
Paid
178
 
Marquette
 
Marquette, MI
 
WMQF
 
19
 
FOX & MNT
15
 
Minneapolis / St. Paul
 
Minneapolis, MN
 
WUMN-CA
 
13
 
UNI
15
 
Minneapolis / St. Paul
 
Minneapolis, MN
 
WTMS-CA
 
7
 
Daystar/TLF
168
 
Missoula
 
Missoula, MT
 
KMMF
 
17
 
FOX & MNT
 
 
 
 
Kalispell, MT
 
KMMF-LP
 
34
 
FOX & MNT
       
Kalispell, MT
 
KEXI-LP
 
35
 
FOX & MNT
135
 
Monroe / El Dorado
 
El Dorado, AR
 
K32HT
 
32
 
Paid
 
 
 
 
El Dorado, AR
 
K47JG
 
47
 
Paid
       
Delhi, LA
 
K33IF
 
33
 
Paid
30
 
Nashville
 
Nashville, TN
 
WNTU-LP
 
26
 
UNI
 
13

 
1
 
New York
 
New York
 
WMBQ-CA
 
46
 
APA
 
     
Brooklyn
 
WBQM-LP
 
3
 
APA
45
 
Oklahoma City
 
Woodward, OK
 
KUOK
 
35
 
UNI
 
 
 
 
Oklahoma City, OK
 
KCHM-CA
 
36/59
 
UNI
       
Sulphur, OK
 
KOKT-LP
 
20
 
UNI
45
 
Oklahoma City
 
Norman, OK
 
KUOK-CA
 
11
 
Retro Jams
45
 
Oklahoma City
 
Oklahoma City, OK
 
KWDW-LP
 
48
 
UNI
156
 
Panama City
 
Marianna, FL
 
WBIF
 
51
 
RTN
110
 
Reno
 
Reno, NV
 
KRRI-LP
 
25
 
Retro Jams
35
 
Salt Lake City
 
Logan, UT
 
KUTF
 
12
 
TLF
 
 
 
 
Salt Lake City, UT
 
K45GX
 
45
 
TLF
35
 
Salt Lake City
 
Vernal, UT
 
KBCJ
 
6/27
 
CP
 
 
 
 
Price, UT
 
KCBU-DT
 
3/11
 
RTN
       
Salt Lake City, UT
 
KUBX-LP
 
58/27
 
RTN
       
Vernal, UT
 
K060F
 
6
 
RTN
14
 
Seattle
 
Seattle, WA
 
KUSE-LP
 
58/30
 
Retro Jams
77
 
Spokane
 
Pullman, WA
 
KQUP
 
24
 
RTN
 
 
 
 
Couer d'Alene, ID
 
KQUP-LP
 
47
 
RTN
76
 
Springfield
 
Harrison, AR
 
KWBM
 
31
 
MNT
 
 
 
 
Springfield, MO
 
KBBL-CA
 
56
 
MNT
       
Aurora, MO
 
KNJE-LP
 
58/40
 
MNT
79
 
Syracuse
 
Ithaca, NY
 
WNYI
 
52/20
 
UNI
62
 
Tulsa
 
Tulsa, OK
 
KUTU-CA
 
25
 
UNI
95
 
Waco / Temple / Bryan
 
Bryan, TX
 
KUTW-LP
 
34
 
UNI
 
 
 
 
Waco, TX
 
KWKO-LP
 
38
 
UNI
38
 
West Palm Beach
 
Port St. Lucie, FL
 
WSLF-LP
 
35
 
Retro Jams
38
 
West Palm Beach
 
Ft. Pierce, FL
 
WFPI-LP
 
8
 
SHOP
146
 
Wichita Falls / Lawton
 
Wichita Falls, TX
 
KTWW-LP
 
68/14
 
Retro Jams
146
 
Wichita Falls / Lawton
 
Wichita Falls, TX
 
KUWF-LP
 
36
 
TLF
146
 
Wichita Falls / Lawton
 
Lawton, OK
 
K64GJ
 
64/23
 
UNI
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
120
 
TOTAL
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Designated Market Areas are designated by Nielson Media Research.
 
UNI
Univision
   
TLF
Telefutura
 
 
SHOP
Shopping channel, such as Home Shopping Network or The Jewelry Channel
 
 
RTN
Retro Television Network
 
 
MNT
MyNetworkTV
 
 
CP
Construction Permit
   
APA
Asset Purchase Agreement
 
 
DayStar
DayStar Television Network
 
14

 
The following table sets forth RTN affiliates that are either on air or have signed contracts to go on air. The list below is effective as of March 5, 2008.

DMA Ranking
 
Station
 
DMA
6
 
KRON-DT
 
San Francisco
8
 
WSB-DT
 
Atlanta
9
 
WJLA-DT
 
Washington D.C.
11
 
WXYZ-DT
 
Detroit
12
 
KAZT-DT
 
Phoenix
14
 
KIRO-DT
 
Seattle-Tacoma
18
 
KDEV-LP
 
Denver
19
 
WRDQ-DT
 
Orlando
21
 
WPXS-TV
 
St. Louis
22
 
WPXI-DT3
 
Pittsburgh
25
 
WMYT-DT
 
Charlotte
28
 
WRAZ-DT2
 
Raleigh-Durham
35
 
KUSG
 
Salt Lake City
40
 
WVTM-DT
 
Birmingham
41
 
WHTM-DT
 
Harrisburg-Lncstr-Leb
43
 
KEGS
 
Las Vegas
50
 
WNGS
 
Buffalo
52
 
WJAR-DT
 
Providence-New Bedford
56
 
WTEN-DT
 
Albany
57
 
KKYK
 
Little Rock
61
 
WKRG-DT
 
Mobile-Pensacola
64
 
WBLU
 
Lexington
67
 
WSET-DT
 
Roanoke-Lynchburg
69
 
KGPT-LP
 
Wichita-Hutchinson
70
 
WBAY-DT2
 
Green Bay
72
 
WNWO-DT
 
Toledo
77
 
KQUP
 
Spokane
82
 
KSHV-DT
 
Shreveport
84
 
WRSP/WBUI-DT
 
Champaign-Sprngfld-Decatur
85
 
WKOW
 
Madison
87
 
KWWL
 
Cedar Rapids-Waterloo
88
 
KRGV-DT
 
Harlingen-Wslco-Brnsvl-McA
89
 
WSJV
 
South Bend-Elkhart
90
 
WJTV-DT
 
Jackson
91
 
WKPT-DT3
 
Tri-Cities
92
 
WGMU
 
Burlington
93
 
KXRM-DT
 
Colorado Springs
94
 
KZUP
 
Baton Rouge
97
 
WSAV-DT
 
Savannah
98
 
KFOX-DT
 
El Paso
101
 
WEHT-DT
 
Evansville
102
 
KFDF
 
FtSmith-Fayetteville
103
 
WBTW-DT
 
Myrtle Beach-Florence
110
 
KRXI-DT
 
Reno
111
 
KYTX
 
Tyler-Longview
114
 
KWSD
 
Sioux Falls
115
 
WJBF-DT
 
Augusta
116
 
WPBN-DT
 
Traverse City
118
 
WSFA
 
Montgomery-Selma
 
15

 
120
 
KTVC
 
Eugene
122
 
KEYT-DT
 
Santa Barbara
123
 
KDCG
 
Lafayette
127
 
WXOW/WQOW
 
La Crosse-Eau Claire
128
 
WRBL-DT
 
Columbus, GA
132
 
WREX
 
Rockford
134
 
WAOW/WYOW
 
Wausau-Rhinelander
143
 
KTIV
 
Sioux City
147
 
WRDE
 
Salisbury
153
 
KXLT
 
Rochester-Mason City-Austin
154
 
WBIF
 
Panama City
155
 
WVVA
 
Bluefield-Beckley-Oak Hill
175
 
KOTA-DT
 
Rapid City
180
 
KWCE
 
Alexandria
196
 
KTUW
 
Cheyenne
 
 
 Television Advertising
 
      The Company targets local, regional and national advertisers to increase sales. The Company competes in each of these opportunities for advertising revenues primarily with other television stations, both affiliated and independent. Other competitors include newspapers, radio stations, magazines and regional digital content providers.
 
Content and Allocation
 
      The Company takes an opportunistic approach to choosing content and affiliations on a market-by-market basis, based upon demographics and pre-existing affiliations in each market. In general, the Company evaluates several network affiliation opportunities in any given market or pursues independent opportunities including local content.
 
      In determining how to allot content, the Company will explore available programming alternatives with networks, brokers and various content providers. The Company utilizes industry barter arrangements to obtain syndicated content in exchange for an advertising spot split for the given program. The Company will then allocate programming into four separate dayparts: morning, afternoon, primetime and late night. Each daypart is evaluated with respect to market demand, demographic breakdown and programming cost. Content allotment can then be modified as necessary based on market conditions and viewership. The Company’s operating approach also provides for maintaining a low cost base at its stations by leveraging station automation with the C.A.S.H. services system.
 
Local
 
      Local advertising sales are achieved primarily through the use of local sales departments, as well as partnerships and joint sales agreements with existing television and radio station operations in certain markets. The Company receives local advertising revenue through the sale of 30 second and 60 second commercials, 30 minute and 60 minute paid programming and time brokerage agreements for longer time periods. The contract terms for ad sales contracts are generally weekly, monthly, or an annual agreement. the Company has extensive experience in the lengthy process of ensuring that the must-carry rights the FCC has awarded to full-power stations are actually secured from the cable systems., Local advertising accounted for approximately 34% of the Company’s total broadcast revenue in 2007 and 39% in 2006. Target markets include those local markets where the Company elects to partner with another broadcast company as its local sales partner for its station through a Joint Sales Agreement (JSA). Where the Company believes that this structure will generate more revenues to the company and save the expense and time required in hiring staff and opening a local sales office, the Company will work with a JSA partner under this arrangement.
 
16

     
National
 
      The Company’s national advertising revenue represents commercial broadcasting time sold for Univision and TeleFutura to a national advertiser by Univision, acting as the Company’s national representative firm. Univision is typically paid a 15% commission on the net revenue from the sales booked. The Univision representative works closely with each station’s national sales manager to target the largest national Spanish-language advertisers. This relationship has secured some of the largest national advertisers, including Ford Motor Company, General Motors, Dodge, Toyota, Verizon, AT&T, U.S. Cellular, Subway, Taco Bell, Pizza Hut, Wendy’s and McDonald’s. National advertising accounted for approximately 28% and 27% of the Company’s total broadcast revenue in 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company currently utilizes Millennium Media Sales as its national sales rep firm to sell 30 and 60 second spot sales for its Northwest Arkansas and Cheyenne, Wyoming stations and plans on engaging a national sales rep firm for several of its other non-Univision stations as well. The company uses Blair as it sales rep firm in Marquette, Michigan.
 
 On February 11, 2008 Retro Programming Services, Inc. signed an exclusive sales representation agreement with Petry Media Corp. Inc to sell national advertising inventory to buyers throughout North America. This is a multi-year agreement with an initial commission rate equal to 15% of Net Billings. The Company also has strong relationships with paid programming brokers and buyers that generate substantial revenue for 30-minute and 60 minute paid programs.
 
Local and National Broadcast Revenue Categories
 
      The Company’s broadcast revenues are generated by sales of air time on its stations. We use several types of sales contracts including spot sales, paid programming, and time brokerage agreements.
 
 
      Spot Sales. Spot Sales are advertising purchases for 30-second or 60-second commercials. Under this arrangement, an advertising schedule and rate are agreed to between the advertiser and the station to run its commercials during certain shows or dayparts for a defined period of time. An example would be a car dealer advertising 3 times per day between 7-8 AM, 5-6 PM, and 10-11 PM, Monday — Friday for 13 weeks at a negotiated rate per spot. The Company bills customers on a monthly basis for the commercials that aired at the time outlined in the sales contract and the payment is due upon receipt. When a station has unsold 30 or 60 second time slots available, it can run PI (Per Inquiry) which pays the station a commission for sales made airing their commercials.
 
 
 
      Paid Programming. Paid programming arrangements involve selling a 30-minute or 60-minute time slot for an infomercial (such as exercise equipment, diet supplements, etc.) or to a local church, sports or hunting show, or other type of program produced by a third party. The sales contract outlines when the program will run, how long it will run and how much the advertiser will pay each time it runs. An example is where a local church purchases an hour on Sunday mornings to air its weekly church service. The station might sell the air time for $1,000 for the hour. The contract could provide that the church will deliver the tape for the station to air by Friday at noon to air on Sunday. The church will pay weekly for the previous week when the tape is delivered for the following week. The station provides an invoice warranting that the Church programming ran properly per the contract.
 
 
 
      Time Brokerage. Time Brokerage agreements are used when the station sells a block of time longer than one hour to a shopping network or other programming provider. Usually this is done with overnight programming from 12:00 AM - 6:00 AM, seven days per week. The station sells the time per an hourly rate and bills the client monthly showing that the programming aired properly.
 
      In each of the broadcast revenue categories described above, the Company pays commissions whether the sales are made by local station sales representatives or national reps that the Company contracts with. Commissions vary with national commission rates generally being between 5 to 15 percent and local commission rates generally between 10 to 20 percent. Commissions are usually paid on collection of the sale.
 
17

 
Network
 
       Advertisers seeking to capture a national audience typically purchase time from television networks directly, or select separate networks on an ad hoc basis. National advertisers that target a regional or local audience deal directly with local stations through national advertising placement firms. Local businesses typically purchase advertising time directly from the station’s local sales staff or local sales agents.
     
Television Marketing/Audience Research
 
    The Company primarily derives its revenues from selling advertising time. The relative advertising rates charged by competing stations within a market depend on several factors including:

each station’s ratings (households or people viewing its programming as a percentage of total households or people in the viewing area);

each station’s audience share (households or people viewing its specific programs as a percentage of households or people watching television at that specific time);

the time of day the advertising will run;

the first-run, re-run or syndication status of the show to air the advertisement;

the demographic trends of a program’s viewers (primarily age and gender); and

Competitive conditions in each station’s market, including the availability of other advertising media.
 
Rating Service  
 
      The Nielsen Station Index (“NSI”) measures local station viewing of all households and individuals in a specific market. This is the primary rating service for English-language stations and generally under-represents Spanish-language television.
 
      The Nielsen Hispanic Station Index (“NHSI”) measures U.S. Hispanic household and individual viewing information at the local market level. NHSI also weighs the varying levels of language usage by Hispanics in each market in order to reflect more accurately the Hispanic household population in the specific market. This methodology only measures the audience viewing of U.S. Hispanic households, defined as households where the head of the household is of Hispanic descent or origin.
 
Television Competition
 
      Large markets already have an established and defined broadcast presence. While the Company believes that many of its target markets are emerging and underserved, the Company faces competition for viewers and revenues from established network affiliates and independent stations in each market. The Company believes that its ability to attract audience share and advertising revenues will determine its overall success.
     
Media Services
 
      The Company generates incremental revenue by providing media services for Equity News Services and outsourcing C.A.S.H. services
 
Central Automated Satellite Hub (“C.A.S.H.”)
 
18

 
      The Company’s C.A.S.H. services system is a state of the art/proprietary technology (patent pending) facility based in Little Rock, Arkansas that provides management services to broadcast television stations. Currently, the C.A.S.H. system manages approximately 71 television stations, the majority of which are owned by the Company.      The C.A.S.H. system has enabled the following key components of the Company’s Media Services infrastructure to date:
 
 
      Standardized Approach to Station Development. The Company has developed a standardized approach to station development and plans to utilize that model to achieve its RTN growth strategy.
 
 
Development of the C.A.S.H. services system has contributed to the Company’s efforts to consolidate programming, traffic, accounting and billing. As new stations are acquired or RTN affiliates added, they are converted into the C.A.S.H. services system, which allows these stations to be centrally managed from the Company’s Little Rock, Arkansas facility. The C.A.S.H. Services system greatly reduces capital requirements and ongoing staffing expenses at the station site. In the Company’s experience, this standardized approach to building out stations typically allows projects to be completed within budget and on time. This approach requires detailed planning in order to review station configuration, maximize cable subscriber penetration and ensure a “hands-free” operating environment to maximize broadcast cash flow.
 
 
 
      Low Cost Operations. The Company acquired a majority of its stations either through the FCC application process or by purchasing a construction permit. In either event, the Company utilized its in house engineering to design and construct these television stations resulting in substantial cost savings relating to the station’s development phase. Because the Company uses its U.S. patent pending Central Automated Satellite Hub (“C.A.S.H.”) system to run the master control operations, the Company often saves between $1.0 million and $2.0 million in capital expenditures related to building each local master control facility. The C.A.S.H. system creates a virtual duopoly minimizing the ongoing operational costs. The C.A.S.H. system also creates a point to multi-point delivery system providing full distribution to all cable head ends in the station’s designated market area. This centralized satellite delivery allows the station to operate a smaller primary transmitter system resulting in lower capital costs as well as lower monthly operating and maintenance costs. The centralization of master control, traffic, news, weather, and accounting further reduce a station’s monthly operating costs. With a large number of start-up stations and by continuing to develop its own stations and utilizing its U.S. patent pending centralcasting model, the Company has created an operating model that can reduce the start-up losses and allow stations to break even at a lower revenue threshold.
 
Equity News Services (“ENS”)
 
      ENS is a centralized news service that allows the Company to provide localized news content to stations throughout its national footprint from a centralized location. Using the Centralcast news concept, the Company can afford to provide newscasts at many startup stations that did not previously broadcast news content. ENS news management personnel in Little Rock, Arkansas communicate with local reporters at each station to determine news coverage each day. At ENS’s central facility, news scripts are entered into a computerized newsroom operations system, which consolidates data for all newscasts. This allows producers to share video and stories among ENS stations, greatly expanding the “pool” of stories on any given day. Finished stories are fed back to Little Rock via the internet and/or the Company’s VSAT satellite system. All anchor talent is based in Little Rock and shared among multiple stations. For example, on the Company’s Univision stations, the same anchor person, meteorologist and sports anchor appear on all stations, while the news content is localized for each market. The finished product is a well-integrated, attractively priced newscast that is offered to smaller stations, which would otherwise not be able to justify the expense of required facilities and local staff. This news product localizes the station, allowing it to differentiate itself from its competitors and to increase its market penetration and ratings. Centralization of news services reduces per station cost and gives the Company a significant advantage over its competitors.
 
19

 
  Univision 
      The Company continues to benefit from its long-term strategic partnership with Univision, and it plans to continue to develop its inventory of highest quality brand programming and content. The Company anticipates pursuing additional strategic partnerships with additional content partners for both Spanish and English language content, and continuing to develop its ability to provide programming for the markets in which it operates.
 
Spectrum Holdings
 
The Company has accumulated one of the largest portfolios of broadcast spectrum in the U.S. in anticipation of the potential switch to digital television broadcasts. Congress has set a February 18, 2009 deadline for television stations to switch entirely from analog to digital broadcasts. The Company’s spectrum provides an opportunity to offer digital broadcast services, favorably positioning the Company with respect to data convergence since only a portion of the Company’s spectrum will be needed to broadcast its current television stations. The Company may seek to monetize the Company’s significant unused spectrum through joint-ventures, leasing or sub-licensing to telecommunications service providers or new media companies seeking digital delivery of services.
 
      The Company believes that the value of this spectrum is significant for a number of reasons. First, in August 2006, the FCC conducted the Advanced Wireless Services (AWS) auction in which other spectrum which can be used in similar ways was sold to telecommunications, satellite and cable service providers. In the auction, various companies in the wireless industry paid approximately $14 billion for 90MHz of AWS Spectrum.
 
      In another comparable spectrum development, specifically in the 700 MHz frequency, on February 1, 2005, Aloha Partners LP announced that it purchased Cavalier Group LLC and DataCom Wireless LLC, respectively the second and third largest owners of 700 MHz spectrum in the US. In October, 2007 AT&T announced that it acquired Aloha Partners and its digital spectrum for approximately $2.5 billion in cash.      The Company’s digital spectrum is predominantly in the 480-680 MHz Bands, which is the adjoining spectrum to the 700 MHz Band and offers similar applications and features. The Company spectrum is at a lower frequency which travels 3-4 times further than the AWS spectrum discussed above, has better building penetration and has the ability to use internet protocol, according to www.dailywireless.org.
 
      The FCC determined that all broadcasters could operate their DTV systems in Channels 2-51. That leaves the Upper 700 MHz Band (60 megahertz of spectrum corresponding to channels 60-69), and the Lower 700 MHz Band (48 megahertz of spectrum corresponding to channels 52-59), available for broadband wireless users. The Company’s digital spectrum exists predominantly in the 480-680 MHz Bands, which is the adjoining spectrum to the 700 MHz Band and offers similar applications and features.
 
      Reliable service requires licensed bands, and 700 MHZ and the adjoining spectrum are considered the highest quality. The lower frequency travels 3-4 times further than 1.9 GHz cellular, penetrates buildings, resists multipath with orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing, and can use internet protocol. Other infrastructure costs are only one-tenth as expensive since fewer “cells” are required.
 
Regulation
 
      Communications Act of 1934
 
      Television broadcasting is a regulated industry and is subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC under the Communications Act of 1934 (the “Communications Act”). The Communications Act prohibits the operation of television broadcasting stations except under a license issued by the FCC. Licenses may be granted for up to eight years under current law, and they must be renewed as they expire to allow for continued operations. The Communications Act also prohibits the assignment of a broadcast license or the transfer of control of a broadcast licensee without the prior approval of the FCC. Additionally, a party must obtain a construction permit from the FCC in order to build a new television station and subsequently obtain a license to commence operations. The Communications Act empowers the FCC, among other things to issue, revoke and modify broadcast licenses; decide whether to approve a change of ownership or control of station licenses; regulate the equipment used by stations; and adopt and implement regulations to carry out the provisions of the Communications Act.
 
20

 
        In determining whether to grant, renew, or permit the assignment or transfer of control of a broadcast license, the FCC considers a number of factors pertaining to the licensee, including:

compliance with various rules limiting common ownership of media properties;

the character of the licensee (i.e., the likelihood that the licensee will comply with applicable law and regulations) and those persons holding attributable interests (i.e., the level of ownership or other involvement in station operations resulting in the FCC attributing ownership of that station or other media outlet to such person or entity in determining compliance with FCC ownership limitations; and

Compliance with the Communications Act’s limitations on alien ownership.
 
        Additionally, for a renewal of a broadcast license, the FCC will consider whether a station has served the public interest, convenience, and necessity, whether there have been any serious violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or FCC rules and policies, and whether there have been no other violations of the Communications Act and FCC rules and policies which, taken together, would constitute a pattern of abuse. Any other party with standing may petition the FCC to deny a broadcaster’s application for renewal. However, only if the FCC issues an order denying renewal will the FCC accept and consider applications from other parties for a construction permit for a new station to operate on that channel. The FCC may not consider any new applicant for the channel in making determinations concerning the grant or denial of the licensee’s renewal application. Although renewal of licenses is granted in the majority of cases even when petitions to deny have been filed, we cannot be sure our station licenses will be renewed for a full term or without modification.
 
        With respect to obtaining the FCC’s consent prior to assigning a broadcast license or transferring control of a broadcast licensee, if the application involves a substantial change in ownership or control, the filer must comply with the public notice requirements. During the public notice period of not less than 30 days, petitions to deny the application may be filed by interested parties, including certain members of the public. If the FCC grants the application, interested parties then have a minimum 30 day period during which they may seek reconsideration or review of that grant by the FCC or, as the case may be, a court of competent jurisdiction. The full FCC commission has an additional 10 days to set aside on its own motion any action taken by the FCC’s staff.
 
        Failure to observe FCC or other governmental rules and policies can result in the imposition of various sanctions, including monetary forfeitures, the grant of short, or less than maximum license renewal terms or for particularly egregious violations, the denial of a license renewal application, the revocation of a license or denial of FCC consent to acquire additional broadcast properties — any of which could negatively impact both our existing business and future acquisitions. Additionally, our inability to conclusively anticipate the timing and approval of license grants, renewals, transfers and assignments may result in uncertainty and negatively impact our business because of delays and additional expenses.
 
The Communications Act prohibits the issuance of broadcast licenses to, or the holding of a broadcast license by, foreign citizens or any corporation of which more than 20% of the capital stock is owned of record or voted by non-U.S. citizens or their representatives or by a foreign government or a representative thereof, or by any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country. The Communications Act also authorizes the FCC to prohibit the issuance of a broadcast license to, or the holding of a broadcast license by, any corporation controlled by any other corporation of which more than 25% of the capital stock is owned of record or voted by aliens. The FCC has interpreted these restrictions to apply to other forms of business organizations, including partnerships and limited liability companies. As a result of these provisions, the FCC licenses granted to our subsidiaries could be revoked if more than 25% of our stock were directly or indirectly owned or voted by aliens. These restrictions limit our ability to attract foreign investment in us and may impact our ability to successfully sell our business if we were to ever determine that such actions are in the best interests of our company and stockholders.
 
21

 
Multiple Ownership Rules
 
        In June 2003, the FCC amended its multiple ownership rules, including, among other things, its local television ownership limitations, its prohibition on common ownership of newspapers and broadcast stations in the same market, as well as its local radio ownership limitations. Under the amended rules, a single entity would be permitted to own up to two television stations in a market with at least five television stations if one of the stations is not among the top-4 ranked stations and could own three television stations in a market with at least 18 television stations as long as two of the stations are not among the top-4 ranked stations. The amended rules also establish new cross media limits to govern the combined ownership of television stations, radio stations and daily newspapers. Specifically, in markets with 4-8 television stations, a single entity can own (1) a combination of one daily newspaper, one television station, and half the ownership limit of radio stations, (2) a combination of one daily newspaper and the full complement of allowed radio stations, or (3) a combination of two television stations (if otherwise permissible) and the full complement of radio stations but no daily newspaper. The effectiveness of these new rules was stayed pending appeal. In June 2004, a federal court of appeals issued a decision which upheld portions of the FCC decision adopting the rules, but concluded that the order failed to adequately support numerous aspects of those rules, including the specific numeric ownership limits adopted by the FCC. The court remanded the matter to the FCC for revision or further justification of the rules, retaining jurisdiction over the matter. The court has partially maintained its stay of the effectiveness of those rules, particularly as they relate to television. The rules are now largely in effect as they relate to radio. The United States Supreme Court has declined to review the matter at this time, and the FCC must review the matter and issue a revised order. We cannot predict whether, how or when the new rules will be modified, ultimately implemented as modified, or repealed in their entirety.
 
The FCC’s current rules generally prohibit the issuance of a license to any party, or parties under common control, for a television station if that station’s Grade B contour overlaps with the Grade B contour of another television station in the same designated market area (“DMA”) in which that party or those parties already have an attributable television interest. FCC rules provide an exception to that general prohibition and allow ownership of two television stations with overlapping Grade B contours under any one of the following circumstances:

• there will be eight independent full-power television stations in the DMA after the acquisition or merger and one of the two television stations owned by the same party is not among the top four-ranked stations in the DMA based on audience share;
• the station to be acquired is a "failing" station under FCC rules and policies;
• the station to be acquired is a "failed" station under FCC rules and policies; or
• the acquisition will result in the construction of a previously un-built station.
 
        The new multiple ownership rules could limit our ability to acquire additional television stations in existing markets that we serve. Legislation went into effect in January 2004 that permits a single entity to own television stations serving up to 39% of U.S. television households. Large broadcast groups may take advantage of this law to expand further their ownership interests on a national basis.
 
Regulation of the Content of Programming
 
        Stations must pay regulatory and application fees and follow various FCC rules that regulate, among other things:
 
 
• 
political advertising;
 
 
 
• 
children’s programming;
 
 
 
• 
the broadcast of obscene or indecent programming;
 
 
 
• 
sponsorship identification; and
 
 
 
• 
technical operations.
 
        The FCC requires licensees to present programming that is responsive to community problems, needs and interests. In addition, FCC rules require television stations to serve the educational and informational needs of children 16 years old and younger through the stations’ own programming as well as through other means. FCC rules also limit the amount of commercial matter that a television station may broadcast during programming directed primarily at children 12 years old and younger. The FCC requires television broadcasters to maintain certain records and/or file periodic reports with the FCC to document their compliance with the foregoing obligations. Failure to observe these or other rules and policies can result in the imposition of various sanctions, including monetary forfeitures, the grant of short, less than the maximum, renewal terms, or for particularly egregious violations, the denial of a license renewal application or the revocation of a license.
 
22

 
Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992
 
        Pursuant to the “must carry” provisions of the Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992, television broadcast stations may elect to require that a cable operator carry its signal if the cable operator is located in the same market as the broadcast station. However, in such cases the broadcast station cannot demand compensation from the cable operator. Such mandatory carriage is commonly referred to as “must-carry.” The future of “must carry” rights is uncertain, especially as they relate to the carriage of digital television. Under the current FCC rules, must-carry rights extend to digital television signals only in limited circumstances. While proposed legislation to broaden such rights has been proposed, we cannot predict whether such legislation will be adopted or the details of any legislation that may be adopted. Our full-power television stations often rely on “must-carry” rights to obtain cable carriage on specific cable systems. New laws or regulations that eliminate or limit the scope of these cable carriage rights could significantly reduce our ability to obtain cable carriage, which would reduce our ability to distribute our programming and consequently our ability to generate revenues from advertising.
 
        In addition, a number of entities have commenced operation, or announced plans to commence operation of internet protocol video systems, using digital subscriber line (“DSL”), fiber optic to the home (“FTTH”) and other distribution technologies. The issue of whether those services are subject to the existing cable television regulations, including must-carry obligations, has not been resolved. There are proposals in Congress and at the FCC to resolve this issue. We cannot predict whether must-carry rights will cover such Internet Protocol Television (“IPTV”) systems. In the event IPTV systems gain a significant share of the video distribution marketplace, and new laws and regulations fail to provide adequate must-carry rights, our ability to distribute our programming to the maximum number of potential viewers will be significantly reduced and consequently our revenue potential will be significantly reduced.
 
Regulation of Local Marketing Agreements
 
        The Company, from time to time, entered into local marketing agreements, generally in connection with pending station acquisitions which allow us to provide programming and other services to a station that we have agreed to acquire before we receive all applicable FCC and other governmental approvals. FCC rules generally permit local marketing agreements if the station licensee retains ultimate responsibility for and control of the applicable station, including finances, personnel, programming and compliance with the FCC’s rules and policies. We cannot be sure that we will be able to air all of our scheduled programming on a station with which we may have a local marketing agreement or that we would receive the revenue from the sale of advertising for such programming.
 
        The Company, from time to time, entered into joint sales agreements, or JSAs, which allow us to sell advertising time on another station. JSAs are arrangements whereby a television station in a given market may sell a certain amount of advertising time on another television station in that same market.
 
FCC Regulation of the Commencement of Digital Operations
 
        FCC regulations required all commercial television stations in the United States to commence digital operations on a schedule determined by the FCC and Congress, in addition to continuing their analog operations. Digital transmissions were initially permitted to be low-power, but full-power transmission was required by July 1, 2005 for stations affiliated with the four largest networks (ABC, CBS, NBC and Fox) in the top one hundred markets and is required by July 1, 2006 for all other stations.
 
        As of December 31, 2007 , the Company had already constructed full power digital television facilities for six of our stations in the Cheyenne, Wyoming; Amarillo, Texas; Salt Lake City, Utah; Eugene, Oregon; Scottsbluff, Nebraska; and Little Rock, Arkansas markets. The Company has made significant capital expenditures in order to comply with the FCC’s digital television requirements. The Company will be required to convert an additional 15 stations into full power digital television stations by February 17, 2009. The Company expects to spend approximately $1,300,000 on this process. All analog full-power television stations, except for extremely limited circumstances, must cease analog operations and commence digital-only operations, by February 17, 2009. At this point, the FCC has not set a transition date for LPTV and Class A stations to convert to digital-only operations, although once a date is set, we expect to make significant capital expenditures to accomplish such a goal.
 
23

 
        Another major issue surrounding the implementation of digital television is the scope of a local cable television system’s obligation to carry the signals of local broadcast television stations. On February 10, 2005, the FCC decided that a cable television system is only obligated under the Communications Act to carry a television station’s “primary video” signal and, accordingly, that a cable television system does not have to carry the television station’s digital signal as well as its analog signal (but must carry the digital signal if the station does not have an analog signal). The new digital technology will enable a television station to broadcast four or more video streams of programming to the public, but the FCC said that the cable television system only has an obligation to carry one of those signals (the “primary video” signal) and not all of them, thus rejecting the broadcasters’ request for the FCC to impose a “multicasting” obligation on cable television systems. In addition, the FCC has not yet promulgated rules regarding the obligation of direct broadcast satellite providers to carry the digital signal of a local broadcast station. The FCC decisions could limit the reach of our television stations’ digital programming and, to that extent, could have an adverse impact on the revenue we derive from station operations.
 
The Satellite Home Viewer Extension and Reauthorization Act
 
        The Satellite Home Viewer Extension and Reauthorization Act allows direct broadcast satellite television companies to continue to transmit local broadcast television signals to subscribers in local markets provided that they offer to carry all local stations in that market. However, satellite providers have limited satellite capacity to deliver local station signals in local markets. Satellite providers may choose not to carry local stations in any of our markets. In those markets in which the satellite providers do not carry local station signals, subscribers to those satellite services are unable to view local stations without making further arrangements, such as installing antennas and switches. A principal component of the new regulation requires satellite carriers to carry the analog signals of all local television stations in a market if they carry one. The Company has taken advantage of that regulation to elect carriage of our stations on satellite systems in markets in which local-into-local carriage is provided, however, this has been a time consuming process to provide the local television broadcast signal to certain of these markets. Furthermore, when direct broadcast satellite companies do carry local television stations in a market, they are permitted to charge subscribers extra for such service. Some subscribers may choose not to pay extra to receive local television stations. In the event subscribers to satellite services do not receive the stations that we own and operate or provide services to, we could lose audience share which would adversely affect our revenue.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2007, the Company had a total of 312 employees, comprised of 306 full-time and 6 part-time or temporary employees. As of December 31, 2007, none of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our employee relations are satisfactory, and we have not experienced any work stoppages at any of our facilities.
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS –

The following risk factors and other information included in this annual report should be carefully considered. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition and future results could be harmed

Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results  

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions. Factors that might cause or contribute to such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to, those described here in as “Risk Factors” and elsewhere and in our other Securities and Exchange Commission filings. Given such risks and uncertainties, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements do not guarantee future performance and should not be considered statements of fact. These forward-looking statement speak only as of the date of this report and, unless required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect new information or future events or otherwise.
 
24

 
The Company has a history of losses and there can be no assurance that the Company will become or remain profitable or that losses will not continue to occur.
 
The Company has a history of losses. The Company had a loss from operations of $33.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to a net loss of $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. There can be no assurance that the Company will become or remain profitable or that losses will not continue to occur.
 
The Company must obtain additional sources of capital in the near term to fund its operations.
 
The Company’s existing capital resources are not sufficient to fund operations. If the Company is unable to obtain adequate additional sources of capital in the near term it will need to cease all or a portion of its operations, seek protection under U.S. bankruptcy laws and regulations, engage in a restructuring or undertake a combination of these and other actions. Additional sources of capital, if obtained, would likely come from sales by the Company of debt and/or equity and/or the sale of material assets of the Company. The Company is currently negotiating potential transactions that would supply it with capital necessary to meet its current requirements. However, these negotiations may not result in successful consummation of any transaction. If the Company is able to successfully consummate a transaction, such transaction may result in substantial dilution to the Company’s existing security holdings and/or the incurrence of substantial indebtedness on relatively expensive terms. The terms of any such transaction would also likely involve covenants that serve to substantially restrict the operations of the Company and its management and could result in a change of control of the Company.
 
The Company is currently in default under its existing credit facilities and has negotiated with the lenders thereunder to agree to forbear on exercising any remedies available to them while the Company seeks alternative sources of funding.
 
On March 20, 2008, the Company entered into an amendment to its Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with Silver Point Finance, LLC and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. Under the terms of the Amendment, the lender group has agreed to forbear from exercising certain of their rights and remedies with respect to designated defaults under the Credit Agreement through the earlier of (a) April 18, 2008 and (b) the date of occurrence of certain events or by which certain events have failed to occur, including the Company’s failure to enter into agreements with respect to the sale of certain of its assets and the Company’s failure to secure approvals for, and meet other criteria with respect to, financing alternatives necessary to meet the Company’s immediate capital requirements. If the Company is unable to meet all criteria under the forbearance agreement, the lender group will have all remedies available to them under the Credit Agreement, including demanding immediate payment of the obligation.
 
We incur and may continue to incur losses on newly acquired or built stations without an immediate return on our investment.
 
Generally, it takes a few years for our newly acquired or built stations to generate operating cash flow. A majority of the Company’s network stations have been acquired or built within the last five years. During the initial period after acquisition or construction of a station, we incur significant expenses related to:
 
25


acquiring syndicated programming;

improving technical facilities;

increasing and improving cable distribution;

hiring new personnel; and

marketing our television stations to viewers.
 
In addition, it requires time to gain viewer awareness of new station programming and to attract advertisers. Accordingly, we have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, with newly acquired or built stations, losses at a station in the first few years after we acquire or build the station without an immediate return on our investment. Occasionally unforeseen expenses and delays increase the estimated initial start-up expenses. This requires our established stations to generate revenues and cash flow sufficient to meet our business plan including the significant expenses related to our newly acquired or built stations.
 
The loss of the services of our senior management team or a significant number of our employees may negatively affect our business.
 
Our success is largely dependent on the continued services of our senior management team, which includes Henry Luken, III, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Larry Morton, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Retro Programming Services, Inc., Thomas M. Arnost, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Broadcast Station Group, Patrick Doran, Chief Financial Officer, Mario Ferrari, Chief Strategic Officer, Gregory Fess, Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mark Dvornik, Executive Vice President of Retro Television Network, James Hearnsberger, Vice President — Finance & Administration, Lori Withrow, Secretary and Glenn Charlesworth, Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer. The loss of the services of our senior management team could harm our business if we are not able to find an appropriate replacement on a timely basis. Our success will also be dependent in part on our ability to attract and retain quality general managers and other management personnel for our stations. Further, the loss of a significant number of employees or our inability to hire a sufficient number of qualified employees could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We depend on our network affiliation relationship with Univision for maintaining our existing Spanish- business.
 
Many of our television stations are affiliates of Univision and Telefutura (collectively for this discussion, “Univision”). These affiliated television stations accounted for 41% and 28% of the Company’s revenues and net loss from television operations, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and 36% and 39% of the Company’s revenues and net loss from television operations, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. Accordingly, our operating performance largely depends on our stations’ continued relationship with Univision and on Univision’s continued success as a broadcast network. We cannot be sure that the ratings of Univision programming will continue to improve or that Univision will continue to provide programming, marketing and other support to its affiliates on the same basis as currently provided. Finally, by aligning ourselves closely with Univision, we may forego other opportunities that could provide diversity of network affiliation and avoid dependence on any one network.
 
We expect the competition for and the prices of syndicated programming will continue to increase and we may not be able to acquire desired syndicated programming on acceptable terms or at all.
 
On our English language stations, one of our most significant operating costs is syndicated programming. We may be exposed in the future to increase syndicated programming costs that may adversely affect our operating results. In addition, syndicated programs that meet our criteria may not be available in the future or may not be available at prices that are acceptable to us. We believe that the prices of the most sought after syndicated programming will continue to increase.
 
26

 
Syndicated programming rights are often acquired several years in advance and may require multi-year commitments, making it difficult to accurately predict how a program will perform. In some instances, programs must be replaced before their costs have been fully amortized, resulting in write-offs that increase station operating costs.
 
Competition for popular programming licensed from third parties is intense, and we may be outbid by our competitors for the rights to new popular syndicated rerun programming or in connection with the renewal of popular rerun syndicated programming we currently license. In addition, renewal costs could substantially exceed the existing contract costs. If we are unable to acquire certain popular programming, our ratings could decrease which could adversely affect our revenue.
 
Our planned expansion of Retro Television Network may not materialize as we anticipate.

Although to date we have been very successful in signing up new RTN affiliates, we may not be able to continue signing up affiliates in key demographic markets. Failure to continue signing up key affiliate partners in top DMA markets will impact our ability to generate advertising revenue. An inability to sell sufficient advertising spots will impact our ability to generate profits. We also rely on our ability to license programming for our RTN affiliate stations at a reasonable cost to program the stations. An adverse change in our programming agreements could impact our profitability.
 
Increasing competition in the broadcast television industry and its programming alternatives may adversely affect us.
 
The broadcast television industry is highly competitive, and our success depends in large part on our ability to compete successfully with other network affiliated and independent broadcast television stations and   other media for viewers and advertising revenues. The ability of broadcast television stations to generate advertising revenues depends to a significant degree upon audience ratings. Through the 1970s, network television broadcasting generally enjoyed dominance in viewership and television advertising revenues, because network-affiliated television stations competed principally with each other in local markets. Beginning in the 1980s, however, this dominance began to decline.
 
Programming alternatives, such as independent broadcast stations, cable television and other multi-channel competitors, pay-per-view and home videos have fragmented television viewing audiences and subjected television broadcast stations to new types of competition. Since the mid-1980s, cable television and formerly independent stations now affiliated with new networks have captured increasing market share and overall viewership from general broadcast network television. Cable-originated programming in particular has emerged as a significant competitor for broadcast television programming. We also face increasing competition from home satellite delivery, direct broadcast satellite television systems and video delivery systems utilizing telephone lines. Many of our competitors have longer operating histories and greater resources than us. As a result of this competition, our revenues could be adversely affected.
 
New technologies may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
Advances in technology may increase competition for viewers and advertising revenue which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. For example, advances in video compression technology could lower entry barriers for new video channels and encourage the development of increasingly specialized “niche” programming. This may increase the number of competitors targeting the same demographic group as us. Future competition in the television industry may include the provision of interactive video and data services capable of providing two-way interaction with commercial video programming, together with information and data services, that may be delivered by commercial television stations, cable television, direct broadcast satellite television and other video delivery systems.
 
27

 
The loss of major advertisers, a reduction in their advertising expenditures, a decrease in advertising rates or a change in economic conditions may materially harm our business.
 
We derive substantially all of our revenues from advertisers in diverse industries at the local, regional and national levels. The loss of any major advertiser, a reduction in their advertising expenditures, a general decrease in advertising rates, or adverse developments or changes in the local, regional or national economy could materially harm our business by reducing our revenue.
 
Our revenues are affected by seasonal trends causing additional cash flow concerns during the slower seasons.
 
The revenues and cash flows of our television stations are subject to various seasonal factors that influence the television broadcasting industry as a whole. Like other broadcasters, we experience higher revenues and cash flows during the second and fourth quarters of the year when television viewing and advertising is higher compared to the first and third quarters. The slower seasons result in lower revenue which causes additional cash flow concerns during these quarters.
 
Failure to observe governmental rules and regulations governing the granting, renewal, transfer and assignment of licenses and our inability to conclusively anticipate timing and approval actions could negatively impact our business.
 
Television broadcasting is a regulated industry and is subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC under the Communications Act. The Communications Act prohibits the operation of television broadcasting stations except under a license issued by the FCC. Licenses may be as long as eight years under current law. The Communications Act also prohibits the assignment of a broadcast license or the transfer of control of a broadcast licensee without the prior approval of the FCC. Additionally, a party must obtain a construction permit from the FCC in order to build a new television station and subsequently obtain a license to commence operations. The Communications Act empowers the FCC, among other things to issue, revoke and modify broadcast licenses; decide whether to approve a change of ownership or control of station licenses; regulate the equipment used by stations; and adopt and implement regulations to carry out the provisions of the Communications Act.
 
In determining whether to grant, renew, or permit the assignment or transfer of control of a broadcast license, the FCC considers a number of factors pertaining to the licensee, including:
 
compliance with various rules limiting common ownership of media properties;

the character of the licensee (i.e., the likelihood that the licensee will comply with applicable law and regulations) and those persons holding attributable interests (i.e., the level of ownership or other involvement in station operations resulting in the FCC attributing ownership of that station or other media outlet to such person or entity in determining compliance with FCC ownership limitations; and

compliance with the Communications Act’s limitations on alien ownership.
 
Additionally, for a renewal of a broadcast license, the FCC will consider whether a station has served the public interest, convenience, and necessity, whether there have been any serious violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or FCC rules and policies, and whether there have been no other violations of the Communications Act and FCC rules and policies which, taken together, would constitute a pattern of abuse. Any other party with standing may petition the FCC to deny a broadcaster’s application for renewal. However, only if the FCC issues an order denying renewal will the FCC accept and consider applications from other parties for a construction permit for a new station to operate on that channel. The FCC may not consider any new applicant for the channel in making determinations concerning the grant or denial of the licensee’s renewal application. Although renewal of licenses is granted in the majority of cases even when petitions to deny have been filed, we cannot be sure our station licenses will be renewed for a full term or without modification.
 
28

 
With respect to obtaining the FCC’s consent prior to assigning a broadcast license or transferring control of a broadcast licensee, if the application involves a substantial change in ownership or control, the filer must comply with the public notice requirements. During the public notice period of not less than 30 days, petitions to deny the application may be filed by interested parties, including certain members of the public. If the FCC grants the application, interested parties then have a minimum 30 day period during which they may seek reconsideration or review of that grant by the FCC or, as the case may be, a court of competent jurisdiction. The full FCC commission has an additional 10 days to set aside on its own motion any action taken by the FCC’s staff.
 
Due to the factors set forth above, it is possible that the FCC could not approve some or all of the licenses held by the Company in connection with the change in control from the proposed merger with Coconut Palm. The FCC’s denial of the change in control for some or all of the licenses or a delay in the FCC’s review of the change in control requests may negatively impact the merger and possibly prevent the merger from being consummated between the parties.
 
In addition, assuming the merger were to occur, the combined company’s failure to observe FCC or other governmental rules and policies can result in the imposition of various sanctions, including monetary forfeitures, the grant of short, or less than maximum license renewal terms or for particularly egregious violations, the denial of a license renewal application, the revocation of a license or denial of FCC consent to acquire additional broadcast properties — any of which could negatively impact both our existing business and future acquisitions. Additionally, our inability to conclusively anticipate the timing and approval of license grants, renewals, transfers and assignments may result in uncertainty and negatively impact our business because of delays and additional expenses.
 
Changes in FCC regulations regarding media ownership limits have increased the uncertainty surrounding the competitive position of our stations in the markets we serve and may adversely affect our ability to buy new television stations or sell existing television stations.
 
In June 2003, the FCC amended its multiple ownership rules, including, among other things, its local television ownership limitations, its prohibition on common ownership of newspapers and broadcast stations in the same market, as well as its local radio ownership limitations. Under the amended rules, a single entity would be permitted to own up to two television stations in a market with at least five television stations if one of the stations is not among the top-4 ranked stations and could own three television stations in a market with at least 18 television stations as long as two of the stations are not among the top-4 ranked stations. The amended rules also establish new cross media limits to govern the combined ownership of television stations, radio stations and daily newspapers. Specifically, in markets with 4-8 television stations, a single entity can own (1) a combination of one daily newspaper, one television station, and half the ownership limit of radio stations, (2) a combination of one daily newspaper and the full complement of allowed radio stations, or (3) a combination of two television stations (if otherwise permissible) and the full complement of radio stations but no daily newspaper. The effectiveness of these new rules was stayed pending appeal. In June 2004, a federal court of appeals issued a decision which upheld portions of the FCC decision adopting the rules, but concluded that the order failed to adequately support numerous aspects of those rules, including the specific numeric ownership limits adopted by the FCC. The court remanded the matter to the FCC for revision or further justification of the rules, retaining jurisdiction over the matter. The court has partially maintained its stay of the effectiveness of those rules, particularly as they relate to television. The rules are now largely in effect as they relate to radio. The Supreme Court has declined to review the matter at this time, and the FCC must review the matter and issue a revised order. We cannot predict whether, how or when the new rules will be modified, ultimately implemented as modified, or repealed in their entirety.
 
The new multiple ownership rules could limit our ability to acquire additional television stations in existing markets that we serve. Legislation went into effect in January 2004 that permits a single entity to own television stations serving up to 39% of U.S. television households, an increase over the previous 35% cap. Large broadcast groups may take advantage of this law to expand further their ownership interests on a national basis.
 
29

 
The restrictions on foreign ownership may limit foreign investment in us or our ability to successfully sell our business.
 
The Communications Act limits the extent of non-U.S. ownership of companies that own U.S. broadcast stations. Under this restriction, a U.S. broadcast company such as ours may have no more than 25% non-U.S.  ownership (by vote and by equity). These restrictions limit our ability to attract foreign investment in us and may impact our ability to successfully sell our business if we were to ever determine that such actions are in the best interests of our company and stockholders.
 
Failure to observe rules and policies regarding the content of programming may adversely affect our business.
 
Stations must pay regulatory and application fees and follow various FCC rules that regulate, among other things:
 
political advertising;
   
children’s programming;
   
the broadcast of obscene or indecent programming;
   
sponsorship identification; and
   
technical operations.
 
The FCC requires licensees to present programming that is responsive to community problems, needs and interests. In addition, FCC rules require television stations to serve the educational and informational needs of children 16 years old and younger through the stations’ own programming as well as through other means. FCC rules also limit the amount of commercial matter that a television station may broadcast during programming directed primarily at children 12 years old and younger. The FCC requires television broadcasters to maintain certain records and/or file periodic reports with the FCC to document their compliance with the foregoing obligations. Failure to observe these or other rules and policies can result in the imposition of various sanctions, including monetary forfeitures, the grant of short, less than the maximum, renewal terms, or for particularly egregious violations, the denial of a license renewal application or the revocation of a license.
 
Because our television stations rely on “must carry” rights to obtain cable carriage, new laws or regulations that eliminate or limit the scope of these rights or failures could significantly reduce our ability to obtain cable carriage and therefore reduce our revenues.
 
Pursuant to the “must carry” provisions of the Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992, television broadcast stations may elect to require that a cable operator carry its signal if the cable operator is located in the same market as the broadcast station. However, in such cases the broadcast station cannot demand compensation from the cable operator. Such mandatory carriage is commonly referred to as “must-carry.” The future of “must carry” rights is uncertain, especially as they relate to the carriage of digital television. Under the current FCC rules, must-carry rights extend to digital television signals only in limited circumstances. While proposed legislation to broaden such rights has been proposed, we cannot predict whether such legislation will be adopted or the details of any legislation that may be adopted. Our full-power television stations often rely on “must-carry” rights to obtain cable carriage on specific cable systems. New laws or regulations that eliminate or limit the scope of these cable carriage rights could significantly reduce our ability to obtain cable carriage, which would reduce our ability to distribute our programming and consequently our ability to generate revenues from advertising.
 
In addition, a number of entities have commenced operation, or announced plans to commence operation of internet protocol video systems, using digital subscriber line (“DSL”), fiber optic to the home (“FTTH”) and other distribution technologies. The issue of whether those services are subject to the existing cable television regulations, including must-carry obligations, has not been resolved. There are proposals in Congress and at the FCC to resolve this issue. We cannot predict whether must-carry rights will cover such Internet Protocol Television (“IPTV”) systems. In the event IPTV systems gain a significant share of the video distribution marketplace, and new laws and regulations fail to provide adequate must-carry rights, our ability to distribute our programming to the maximum number of potential viewers will be significantly reduced and consequently our revenue potential will be significantly reduced.
 
30

 
Our use of local marketing agreements and joint sales agreements may result in uncertainty regarding scheduled programming and/or revenue from the sale of advertising.
 
We have, from time to time, entered into local marketing agreements, generally in connection with pending station acquisitions which allow us to provide programming and other services to a station that we have agreed to acquire before we receive all applicable FCC and other governmental approvals. FCC rules generally permit local marketing agreements if the station licensee retains ultimate responsibility for and control of the applicable station, including finances, personnel, programming and compliance with the FCC’s rules and policies. We cannot be sure that we will be able to air all of our scheduled programming on a station with which we may have a local marketing agreement or that we would receive the revenue from the sale of advertising for such programming.
 
We have, from time to time, entered into joint sales agreements, which allow us to sell advertising time on another station. The FCC’s New Rules make joint sales agreements for radio stations an attributable ownership interest if the selling station is located in the same market and sells more than 15% of the other station’s weekly advertising time. The FCC recently initiated a new rulemaking proceeding that could result in rules which make joint sales agreements for television an attributable ownership interest to the same extent that radio joint sales agreements are an attributable ownership interest. The FCC proceeding could result in the adoption of rules which would limit our opportunities to enter into joint sales agreements with other television stations in a market where we already own one or more television stations, and that could adversely affect our revenue from advertising.
 
The industry-wide mandatory conversion to digital television has required us, and will continue to require us, to make significant capital expenditures without assurance that we will remain competitive with other developing technologies.
 
FCC regulations required all commercial television stations in the United States to commence digital operations on a schedule determined by the FCC and Congress, in addition to continuing their analog operations. Digital transmissions were initially permitted to be low-power, but full-power transmission was required by July 1, 2005 for stations affiliated with the four largest networks (ABC, CBS, NBC and Fox) in the top one hundred markets and is required by July 1, 2006 for all other stations.
 
We have already constructed full power digital television facilities for six of our stations in the Cheyenne, Wyoming, Amarillo, Texas, Salt Lake City, Utah, Eugene, Oregon, Montgomery, Alabama and Little Rock, Arkansas markets. We have made significant capital expenditures in order to comply with the FCC’s digital television requirements. We will be required to convert an additional fifteen stations into full power digital television stations by February 17, 2009. We expect to spend approximately $1,300,000 on this process.
 
Another major issue surrounding the implementation of digital television is the scope of a local cable television system’s obligation to carry the signals of local broadcast television stations. On February 10, 2005, the FCC decided that a cable television system is only obligated under the Communications Act to carry a television station’s “primary video” signal and, accordingly, that a cable television system does not have to carry the television station’s digital signal as well as its analog signal (but must carry the digital signal if the station does not have an analog signal). The new digital technology will enable a television station to broadcast four or more video streams of programming to the public, but the FCC said that the cable television system only has an obligation to carry one of those signals (the “primary video” signal) and not all of them, thus rejecting the broadcasters’ request for the FCC to impose a “multicasting” obligation on cable television systems. In addition, the FCC has not yet promulgated rules regarding the obligation of direct broadcast satellite providers to carry the digital signal of a local broadcast station. The FCC decisions could limit the reach of our television stations’ digital programming and, to that extent, could have an adverse impact on the revenue we derive from station operations.
 
31

 
If direct broadcast satellite companies do not carry the stations that we own and operate or provide services to, we could lose audience share and revenue.
 
The Satellite Home Viewer Extension and Reauthorization Act allows direct broadcast satellite television companies to continue to transmit local broadcast television signals to subscribers in local markets provided that they offer to carry all local stations in that market. However, satellite providers have limited satellite capacity to deliver local station signals in local markets. Satellite providers may choose not to carry local stations in any of our markets. In those markets in which the satellite providers do not carry local station signals, subscribers to those satellite services are unable to view local stations without making further arrangements, such as installing antennas and switches. A principal component of the new regulation requires satellite carriers to carry the analog signals of all local television stations in a market if they carry one. We have taken advantage of that regulation to elect carriage of our stations on satellite systems in markets in which local-into-local carriage is provided, however, this has been a time consuming process to provide the local television broadcast signal to certain of these markets. Furthermore, when direct broadcast satellite companies do carry local television stations in a market, they are permitted to charge subscribers extra for such service. Some subscribers may choose not to pay extra to receive local television stations. In the event subscribers to satellite services do not receive the stations that we own and operate or provide services to, we could lose audience share which would adversely affect our revenue.
 
Unlike the statutory regulations governing cable carriage of qualified full power television stations, the direct broadcast satellite television companies (i.e., DirecTV and Dish Network) have a choice as to whether or not to provide local television channels in a given television market However, once they decide to carry one local signal, they must carry all the qualified television stations (i.e., local-into-local service) in that market. We have filed carriage elections against the satellite companies for all of our qualified television stations in which local-into-local delivery is being provided. We have been delayed in certain instances in being carried, however, as we have to provide a good quality signal to a designated local receive facility in a given market, which is often in a building or site controlled by a third party. Therefore additional negotiations are needed to deliver our signal to this facility in a manner accepted and approved by the FCC, including but not limited to delivery via microwave, satellite or fiber.
 
Our substantial indebtedness may negatively impact our ability to implement our business plan.
 
As indicated below, the Company has a significant amount of indebtedness relative to our equity.
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2007
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
Total Current Assets
 
$
25,287,371
 
Total Current Liabilities
 
$
83,988,265
 
Total Long-term Liabilities
 
$
13,673,536
 
 
Our substantial indebtedness may negatively impact our ability to implement our business plan. For example, it could:
 
limit our ability to fund future working capital and capital expenditures;
   
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
   
subject us to interest rate risk in connection with any potential future refinancing of our debt;
   
limit our ability to borrow additional funds;
   
increase our vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions; and
   
require us to restructure or refinance our debt, sell debt or equity securities, or sell assets, possibly on unfavorable terms in order to meet payment obligations.
 
32

 
In addition, our existing credit facility contains various financial and operational covenants, both affirmative and negative. The financial covenants include limitations on capital expenditures, restricted payments, minimum revenues and EBITDA and minimum availability. The affirmative covenants include provisions relative to preservation of assets, compliance with laws, maintaining insurance, payment of taxes, notice of proceedings, defaults or adverse changes, timely and accurate financial reporting, inspection rights, maintenance of a GAAP accounting system, renewal of licenses and compliance with environmental laws. The negative covenants include provisions and limitations concerning indebtedness, liens, disposition of assets, fundamental changes, and conditions to acquisitions, sale and leaseback of assets, investments, change in business, accounts receivable, transactions with affiliates, amendment of certain agreements, ERISA, margin stock, negative pledges and Local Marketing Agreements.
 
Violation of any covenant language could adversely affect our ability to draw down or incur additional indebtedness when we otherwise believe it is advisable to do so. Additionally, any violation of covenant language, if not waived, could result in acceleration of the indebtedness.
 
Failure of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting could harm our business and financial results.
 
The Company is obligated to establish and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting in accordance with GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes maintaining records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the Company’s transactions and dispositions of assets, providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary for preparation of the financial statements in accordance with GAAP, providing reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of the Company are made only in accordance with management authorization, and providing reasonable assurance that unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements would be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The Company’s growth of the RTN and entry into new markets and acquisitions of new stations, if any, will place significant additional pressure on our system of internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting could limit our ability to report financial results accurately and timely or to detect and prevent fraud, which in turn would harm our business and financial results.
 
An existing lawsuit against the Company and the members of the Company’s board of directors could distract the Company from their operational responsibilities.

The Company and each member of the Company board of directors have been named in a lawsuit filed by a shareholder of pre-merger EBC in the circuit court of Pulaski County, Arkansas on June 14, 2006. The lawsuit was filed as a class action, meaning that the plaintiff, Mr. Max Bobbitt, seeks to represent all shareholders in the class, provided the class is certified by the court. Mr. Bobbitt owns 115,000 shares of Class A common stock, and thus represents less than 5% of any class of the Company equity. As a result of the merger between EBC and the Company, pursuant to which EBC merged into the Company, the Company, which was renamed Equity Media Holdings Corporation, is a party to the lawsuit. The lawsuit contains both a class action component and derivative claims. The class action claims allege various deficiencies in EBC’s proxy used to inform its shareholders of the special meeting to consider the merger. The Company views the lawsuit as baseless and will continue to vigorously defend the matter. During the course of this litigation it is possible that members of the Company’s senior management and members of the board of directors may have to devote significant time and effort to the resolution of such litigation adversely impacting their ability to properly attend to the operations of the combined company. It is also possible that any judgment or settlement may adversely affect the financial position of the combined company.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  
 
Not applicable.

33

 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES  
 
Our corporate headquarters are located in Little Rock, Arkansas. We own a building with approximately 27,474 square feet of space housing our corporate headquarters, studio facilities and the C.A.S.H. technology equipment. Additionally, RTN occupies approximately 7,500 square feet, in the same building.
 
Generally, the types of properties required to support some of our television stations consists of offices, studios and tower sites.  Transmitter and tower sites are located to provide maximum signal coverage of our stations’ markets.  We own substantially all of the equipment used in our television and network business. We believe that all of our properties, both owned and leased, are generally in good operating condition, subject to normal wear and tear and are suitable and adequate for our current business operations.  We believe that no one property represents a material amount of the total properties owned or leased.  See Item 1 . Business, for a listing of our station locations.
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  
 
Litigation
 
In connection with the merger between Equity Broadcasting Corporation ("EBC") and the Company, EBC and each member of EBC’s board of directors was named in a lawsuit filed by an EBC shareholder in the circuit court of Pulaski County, Arkansas on June 14, 2006. As a result of the merger between EBC and the Company, pursuant to which EBC merged into the Company, the Company, which was renamed Equity Media Holdings Corporation, is a party to the lawsuit. The lawsuit contains both a class action component and derivative claims. The class action claims allege various deficiencies in EBC’s proxy used to inform its shareholders of the special meeting to consider the merger. These allegations include: (i) the failure to provide sufficient information regarding the fair value of EBC’s assets and the resulting fair value of EBC’s Class A common stock; (ii) that the interests of holders of EBC’s Class A common stock are improperly diluted as a result of the merger to the benefit of the holders of EBC’s Class B common stock; (iii) failure to sufficiently describe the further dilution that would occur post-merger upon exercise of the Company’s outstanding warrants; (iv) failure to provide pro-forma financial information; (v) failure to disclose alleged related party transactions; (vi) failure to provide access to audited consolidated financial statements during previous years; (vii) failure to provide shareholders with adequate time to review a fairness opinion obtained by EBC’s board of directors in connection with the merger; and (viii) alleged sale of EBC below appraised market value of its assets. The derivative components of the lawsuit allege instances of improper self-dealing, including through a management agreement between EBC and Arkansas Media.
 
In addition to requesting unspecified compensatory damages, the plaintiff also requested injunctive relief to enjoin EBC’s annual shareholder meeting and the vote on the merger. An injunction hearing was not held before EBC’s annual meeting regarding the merger so the meeting and shareholder vote proceeded as planned and EBC’s shareholders approved the merger. On August 9, 2006, EBC’s motion to dismiss the lawsuit was denied. On February 21, 2007, the plaintiff filed a “Motion to Enforce Settlement Agreement” with the court alleging the parties reached an oral agreement to settle the lawsuit. The plaintiff subsequently filed a motion to withdraw the motion to settle and filed a “Third Amended Complaint” on April 10, 2007. This motion added two additional plaintiffs and expanded on the issues recited in the previous complaints. On July 31, 2007, the plaintiff filed a “Fourth Amended Complaint”. This pleading added three new plaintiffs and three new defendants to the proceedings. The three additional defendants bear a fiduciary relationship to three previously named defendants. On July 31, 2007, the plaintiffs filed a “Motion for Class Certification.” Although the motion has been fully briefed by the parties, the plaintiffs have not yet sought a hearing date on the class certification issue. Currently, the parties continue to engage in discovery. No court date has been set for this case.
 
Management believes that this lawsuit has no merit and asserts that the Company has negotiated in good faith to attempt to settle the lawsuit. Regardless of the outcome management does not expect this proceeding to have a material impact of its financial condition or results of operations in 2008 or any future period.
 
Although the Company is a party to certain other pending legal proceedings in the normal course of business, management believes the ultimate outcome of these matters will not be material to the financial condition and future operations of the Company. The Company maintains liability insurance against risks arising out of the normal course of its business.
 
34

 
EBC Dissenting Shareholders
 
In connection with the Merger Transaction (see Note 4 – Merger Transaction) shareholders of EBC representing 66,500 shares of EBC Class A common stock elected to convert their shares to cash in accordance with Arkansas law. The Company recorded a liability in the amount of $368,410 to convert the shares plus $9,970 of accrued interest based on a conversion rate of $5.54 per share plus interest accruing from the date of the Merger Transaction at the rate of 9.78% per annum. On July 10, 2007, the dissenting shareholders were paid $378,380 in cash for the value of their shares including all interest accrued to date. Pursuant to Arkansas Code, the dissenting shareholders exercised their right to contest the Company’s valuation and have demanded payment of an additional $17.78 per share plus accrued interest at 9.78% per annum. In accordance with Arkansas Code, the Company has petitioned the court for a determination of the fair value of the shares and believes its valuation will prevail.
 
  ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS  

None.
 
35

 
PART II  

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  
 
Market Information
 
Our units, common stock and warrants are traded on the NASDAQ Capital Markets under the symbols EMDAU, EMDA, and EMDAW respectively. The following table sets forth the high and low closing bid quotations for the calendar quarter for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. Prior to the March 2007 Merger with Equity Broadcasting Corporation, the Company’s units, common stock, and warrants quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board. The over-the-counter market quotations for periods ended March 30, 2007 reported below reflect inter-dealer prices, without markup, markdown or commissions and may not represent actual transactions.

For year ended
 
Units
 
Common Stock
 
Warrants
 
December 31, 2006
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
 
First Quarter
 
$
7.50
 
$
6.18
 
$
5.77
 
$
5.20
 
$
0.90
 
$
0.45
 
 
                         
Second Quarter
 
$
8.00
 
$
6.45
 
$
5.81
 
$
5.31
 
$
1.22
 
$
0.40
 
 
                         
Third Quarter
 
$
6.26
 
$
6.05
 
$
5.44
 
$
5.34
 
$
0.47
 
$
0.38
 
 
                         
Fourth Quarter
 
$
6.42
 
$
5.90
 
$
5.55
 
$
5.37
 
$
0.47
 
$
0.28
 
 
For year ended
 
Units
 
Common Stock
 
Warrants
 
December 31, 2007
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
 
First Quarter
 
$
6.91
 
$
6.15
 
$
5.71
 
$
5.05
 
$
0.71
 
$
0.38
 
 
                                     
Second Quarter
 
$
6.48
 
$
5.25
 
$
5.20
 
$
4.10
 
$
0.70
 
$
0.50
 
 
                                     
Third Quarter
 
$
5.50
 
$
4.80
 
$
4.34
 
$
2.84
 
$
0.66
 
$
0.30
 
 
                                     
Fourth Quarter
 
$
2.97
 
$
2.50
 
$
3.25
 
$
1.95
 
$
0.46
 
$
0.10
 
 
Holders
 
As of March 17, 2008, there was one holder of record of Equity Media Holding Corporation’s units, 480 holders of record of Equity Media Holding Corporation’s common stock and nine holders of record of Equity Media Holding Corporation’s warrants. These numbers do not include beneficial owners holding shares through nominee names.
 
  Dividends
 
We have not paid a dividend on any class of common stock and anticipate that we will retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. Consequently, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
 
36

 
Initial Public Offering
 
On September 14, 2005, the Company consummated its initial public offering of 10,000,000 Units, with each unit consisting of one share of our common stock and two warrants, each to purchase one share of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share. On September 19, 2005, we closed on an additional 1,500,000 units that were subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The units were sold at an offering price of $6.00 per unit, generating total gross proceeds of $69,000,000. Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. acted as lead underwriters. The securities sold in the offering were registered under the Securities Act of 1933 on a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-125105). The Securities and Exchange Commission declared the registration statement effective on September 8, 2005.

We paid a total of $4,830,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions, and approximately $561,956 has been paid for costs and expenses related to the offering.

After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the offering expenses, the total net proceeds to us from the offering were approximately $63,608,044 of which $62,620,000 was deposited into a trust fund (or $5.45 per share sold in the offering) and the remaining proceeds were available to be used to provide for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective business combinations and continuing general and administrative expenses.
 
Merger Transaction and Recapitalization
 
In connection with the Merger Transaction (see Note 4 to the audited financial statements — Merger Transaction), on March 29, 2007, the stockholders of the Company approved a proposal to amend and restate the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. Upon approval, the Company (i) increased the number of authorized shares of common stock from 50,000,000 shares to 100,000,000 shares, (ii) increased the number of authorized shares of preferred stock from 1,000,000 to 25,000,000, (iii) changed the Company’s name from “Coconut Palm Acquisition Corp.” to “Equity Media Holdings Corporation”, and (iv) authorized the issuance of approximately 2,050,519 shares of the Company Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock, pursuant to the Certificate of Designation. Additional shares of Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock were authorized for accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of the completion of the merger, increasing the number of authorized shares of Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock from 1,736,746 to 2,050,519.
 
As a result of the Merger Transaction, the Company acquired 1,908,911 shares from stockholders who opted to convert their stock to cash and issued 26,665,830 shares to the shareholders of EBC in exchange for their shares and other consideration.
 
Use of trust funds

On March 30, 2007, upon consummation of the Merger with EBC, the funds held in trust were distributed as follows:

Repurchase of EBC Series A preferred stock
 
$
25,000,000
 
Pay down Senior Credit Facility Revolver
   
17,450,000
 
Payment to CPAC shareholders electing not to convert their shares
   
10,899,882
 
Settlement of Arkansas Media Management Agreement
   
3,200,000
 
Purchase of three low power television stations from Arkansas Media
   
1,300,000
 
Payment to EBC dissenting shareholders
   
378,380
 
Payment of note payable and accrued interest to Actron, Inc.
   
533,000
 
Available for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate needs.
   
3,858,738
 
   
$
62,620,000
 
 
37

 
Private placement

On June 21, 2007, the Company entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement with certain insiders and institutional investors (each a “Buyer” and collectively, the “Buyers”) in connection with a $9,000,000 private placement (the “Private Placement”) of an aggregate of 1,406,250 units (the “Units”), each Unit consisting of one share of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and two warrants, each warrant exercisable for one share of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share (the “Warrants”). The purchase price of each Unit was $6.40. The Private Placement closed on June 21, 2007 (the “Private Placement Closing Date”).

Shares Issued to Retire Debt
 
On August 21, 2007, the Company exercised its option, under the terms of a $500,000 note payable, to retire the note with the issuance of 115,473 shares of common stock in lieu of a cash payment. This note was previously issued in connection with the purchase of certain television stations.

Securities Authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2007:

Plan Category
 
Number of securities to be issued
upon exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and rights.
(1)
 
Weighted-average exercise price
of outstanding options, warrants
and rights
 
Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation plans
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
   
6,965,208
 
$
4.53
   
5,309,645
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
   
N/A
   
N/A
   
N/A
 
Total
   
6,965,208
 
$
4.53
   
5,309,645
 
 
(1)   Includes shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of stock options granted under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.

Comparative Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the total return of our Common Stock based on closing prices for the period from October 25, 2005, the date our Common Stock was first traded on NASDAQ, through December 31, 2007 with the total return of (i) the NASDAQ Composite Index, (ii) the NASDAQ Capital Markets Composite (from 9/26/06) and (iii) a peer index consisting of the following publicly traded pure play television companies: ACME Communications, Inc., Gray Television, Inc., Hearst Argyle Television, Inc., LIN TV Corp., Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc., Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. and Young Broadcasting Inc. (the “Television Index”). The graph assumes the investment of $100 in our Common Stock and in each of the indices on October 25, 2005. The performance shown is not necessarily indicative of future performance.
 
EQUITY MEDIA LOGO
 
38

 
 
 
10/25/05
 
12/31/05
 
12/31/06
 
12/31/07
 
Equity Media Holdings Corporation (EMDA)
 
$
100.00
 
$
98.29
 
$
104.55
 
$
61.48
 
NASDAQ Composite Index
 
$
100.00
 
$
104.01
 
$
113.91
 
$
125.09
 
Television Index (TV Index)
 
$
100.00
 
$
95.58
 
$
102.38
 
$
96.65
 
NASDAQ Capital Markets Index
         
-
   
91.47
   
85.66
 
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

 
 
Fiscal Years Ended Dec. 31,
 
 
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
 
2003
 
 
 
($ in thousands, except earnings per share)
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue:
 
$
28,264
 
$
30,395
 
$
27,471
 
$
22,402
 
$
19,617
 
Operating expenses
   
(62,106
)
 
(45,279
)
 
(43,327
)
 
(37,021
)
 
(29,555
)
 
                         
(Loss) from operations
   
(33,842
)
 
(14,884
)
 
(15,856
)
 
(14,619
)
 
(9,938
)
Interest expense, net
   
(7,908
)
 
(7,377
)
 
(5,085
)
 
(3,189
)
 
(1,622
)
Gain (loss) on sale of assets
   
414
   
18,775
   
7,676
   
11,282
   
3,075
 
Other income (expense)
   
593
   
259
   
548
   
464
   
457
 
 
                         
Income (loss) before income tax
   
(40,742
)
 
(3,228
)
 
(12,717
)
 
(6,062
)
 
(8,028
)
Income tax (benefit) expense
   
   
   
   
   
 
                                 
Preferred dividend
   
12,692
                         
 
                         
Net loss available to common shareholders
 
$
(53,434
)
$
(3,228
)
 
(12,717
)
 
(6,062
)
 
(8,028
)
 
                         
Net income (loss) per share available to common shareholders:
                         
Basic
 
$
(1.47
)
$
(0.13
)
 
(0.50
)
 
(0.24
)
 
(0..34
)
Diluted
 
$
(1.47
)
$
(0.13
)
 
(0.50
)
 
(0.24
)
 
(0..34
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                         
Basic
   
36,313
   
25,371
   
25,467
   
24,849
   
23,912
 
Diluted
   
36,313
   
25,371
   
25,467
   
24,849
   
23,912
 
Selected Balance Sheets Data (at period end)
                         
Total assets
 
$
123,254
 
$
114,412
 
$
120,159
 
$
118,585
 
$
91,482
 
Long-term obligations
   
13,674
   
58,978
   
62,626
   
44,556
   
26,919
 
Total liabilities
   
97,661
   
73,185
   
75,663
   
57,356
   
38,607
 
 
See Notes to Financial Statements
 
39

 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  
 
      The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Financial Data,” and our financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results  
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions. Factors that might cause or contribute to such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to, those described in this Annual Report on 10-K under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere and in our other Securities and Exchange Commission filings. Given such risks and uncertainties, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements do not guarantee future performance and should not be considered statements of fact. These forward-looking statement speak only as of the date of this report and, unless required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect new information or future events or otherwise.
 
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained in Item 8 of this report Form 10-K. The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) includes the following sections:

Company Overview
   
Results of Operations
   
Liquidity and Capital Resources
   
Income Taxes
   
Debt Instruments and Related Covenants
   
Inflation
   
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
   
Contractual Obligations
   
Related Party Transactions
   
Critical Accounting Policies
   
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
You should note that this MD&A discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see the section entitled “Risk Factors” at the beginning of Item 1A on pages 25 through 35 for important information to consider when evaluating such statements. You should read this MD&A in conjunction with the Company’s financial statements and related notes included in Item 8.

40

 
Company Overview

Equity Media Holdings Corporation (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on April 29, 2005 as Coconut Palm Acquisition Corp. (“Coconut Palm”) to serve as a vehicle for the acquisition of an operating business through a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition and/or other similar transaction. On March 30, 2007, Coconut Palm merged with Equity Broadcasting Corporation (“EBC”), with Coconut Palm remaining as the legal surviving corporation; however, the financial statements and continued operations are those of EBC as the accounting acquirer (See Note 4 — Merger Transaction). Immediately following the merger, Coconut Palm changed its name to Equity Media Holdings Corporation.

As of December 31, 2007, the Company has built and aggregated a total of 120 full and low power permits, licenses and applications that it owns or has contracts to acquire. The Company’s FCC license asset portfolio includes 23 full power stations, 38 Class A stations and 59 low power stations, including two metropolitan New York City low power stations that the Company is currently under contract to purchase. The Company’s English and Spanish-language stations are in 41 markets that represent more than 32% of the U.S. population.
 
While the Company originally targeted small to medium-sized markets for development, it has been able to leverage its original properties into stations in larger metropolitan markets, including Denver, Detroit, Salt Lake City, Minneapolis and Oklahoma City. The Company’s stations are affiliated with broadcast networks as follows: 20 of the stations are affiliated with LAT TV, 16 are affiliated with Univision, 12 are affiliated with the Company’s Retro Television Network (“RTN”) , five are affiliated with MyNetworkTV, four are affiliated with FOX, three are affiliated with TeleFutura, two are affiliated with MTV Tr3́s and one is affiliated with ABC.

The Company is the second-largest affiliate group of the top-ranked Univision and TeleFutura networks with 19 affiliates, 13 of which are in the nation’s top-65 Hispanic television markets. The Company believes that it has a superior growth opportunity in these Hispanic properties because each station has a 15-year affiliation agreement with either Univision or TeleFutura, respectively.

RTN was developed to fulfill a need in the broadcasting industry that is occurring now and will continue to occur as broadcast stations switch over to digital programming pursuant to a Federal Communications Commission mandate with a February, 2009 deadline.

Digital Television (“DTV”), will allow broadcasters to offer television content with movie-quality picture and CD-quality sound. DTV is a much more efficient technology, allowing broadcasters to provide a “high definition” (“HDTV”), program and multiple “standard definition” DTV programs simultaneously. Providing several programs streams on one broadcast channel is called “multicasting.” The challenge facing many broadcasters is how to effectively program and monetize the value created by DTV.

RTN is the first network designed for the digital arena. RTN takes some of the most popular and entertaining programs from the 60s, 70s, 80s, and 90s, all ratings proven and digitally re-mastered, and provides them to their RTN affiliates. RTN affiliates enjoy a scalable, cost efficient content solution for their digital channels. A major differentiator between RTN and other potential digital solutions is RTN’s ability to deliver local news, sports, and weather updates to the local RTN affiliate, in addition to the quality RTN programming. This enables the local affiliate to sell local advertising spots to generate revenue.

The ability to deliver localized programs to the RTN affiliate is accomplished through utilization of the Company’s proprietary digital satellite technology system known as “C.A.S.H.” The Central Automated Satellite Hub (“CASH”), system provides the means of delivering a fully automated, 24 hour a day custom feed for each local affiliate. The Company has the capability to launch localized network feeds in all 210 U.S. TV markets and internationally as well.
 
The Company has historically focused on aggregating stations and developing delivery systems. Over the past eight years, the Company financed itself largely by acquiring television construction permits and stations at attractive valuations. After acquiring the stations, the Company would construct and/or upgrade the facilities and, on a selective market basis, sell the station at an increased valuation to fund operations and acquisitions and to service debt.
 
41

 
Following the March 2007 merger, the Company’s business focus shifted from primarily aggregating stations to increasing RTN affiliate penetration and maximizing revenue and profit for each station. The Company intends to achieve revenue growth and profitability through various entity and station-level initiatives. These initiatives, which the Company has recently begun to implement, include:

 
·
continued growth of the RTN affiliate base in key U.S. television markets;
 
·
focusing on growing national business;
 
·
addition of experienced managers in select local markets;
 
·
upgrading / increasing sales staffs in select local markets;
 
·
establishing market appropriate rate cards;
 
·
upgrading local news (where available) and expanding local programming in select markets;
 
·
upgrading syndicated programming; and
 
·
enhancing cable and satellite distribution
 
Generally, it takes a few years for the Company’s newly acquired or built stations to generate operating cash flow. In addition, it requires time to gain viewer awareness of new station programming and to attract advertisers. Accordingly, the Company has incurred, and expects to continue to incur, with newly acquired or built stations, losses at a station in the first few years after it acquires or builds the station. Occasionally unforeseen expenses and delays increase the estimated initial start-up expenses. This requires the Company’s established stations to generate revenues and cash flow sufficient to meet its business plan including the significant expenses related to our newly acquired or built stations.
 
The Company is one of the largest holders of broadcast spectrum in the United States. Each Equity Media Station is 6MHz and is located in the 480-680 MHz band. Our spectrum adjoins the 700 MHz band and offers similar propagation characteristics. Equity Media anticipates that it will supplement its revenues by monetizing its significant spectrum portfolio through joint-ventures, leasing or sub-licensing to telecoms and new media companies.
 
The Company also launched a new corporate and investor relations website ( www.EMDAholdings.com ) in August 2007. The website features new and expanded content about the Company’s operating businesses, senior management, news and public filings. All key information on the website is available in an up-to-date, interactive format.
 
Acquisition and Expansion Activity

On August 17, 2007, the Company announced that it had entered into a definitive asset purchase agreement to acquire two low power television stations in the metropolitan New York City market (WMBQ-CA, Channel 46 and WBQM-LP, Channel 3) from Renard Communications.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company’s classic television network, RTN, announced fifteen new affiliates. Several of these new affiliations are in the nation’s top-50 television markets, including Pittsburgh and Raleigh/Durham In addition, the Company announced that the RTN affiliates in Savannah, GA and Myrtle Beach / Florence, SC had renewed their affiliation agreements for another year.
 
42

 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006
 
Revenue
 
The following table sets forth the principal types of broadcast revenue earned by the Company and its stations for the periods indicated and the change from one period to the next both in dollars and percent:

   
For the Years ended December 31,
 
               
%
 
   
2007
 
2006
 
Change
 
Change
 
 
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
 
Broadcast Revenues
     
Local
 
$
9,615
 
$
11,930
 
$
(2,315
)
 
(19.40
)%
National
   
8,046
   
8,145
   
(99
)
 
(1.22
)
Other
   
1,071
   
1,830
   
(759
)
 
(4.15
)
Trade & Barter Revenue
   
9,532
   
8,490
   
1,042
   
12.27
 
Total Broadcast Revenue
 
$
28,264
 
$
30,395
 
$
(2,131
)
 
(7.01
)%
 
As noted in the Overview, the operating revenue of the Company’s stations is derived primarily from advertising revenue. The above table segregates revenue received from local sources compared to national sources, together with gross trade and barter revenues, which is non-cash. Other broadcast revenue is a combination of production, uplink services, news services, and other non-spot broadcast revenue.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to 2006, total Broadcast Revenue decreased $2.131 million, or 7%, to $28.264 million. The primary reason for this decrease is due to the sale by the Company of KPOU-TV, Portland, OR, a Univision affiliate, on November 1, 2006 which accounts for $2.008 million of the variance. Total Broadcast Revenue, excluding the decrease due to KPOU, decreased $0.1 million, or 0.4%. Total local and national revenue from the Company’s Spanish-language stations, excluding KPOU, increased $1.001 million, or 11% during the year. This increase was offset by a decrease of $1.679 million in local and national revenue from the Company’s English-language stations. The decrease in other revenue is attributed to lower JSA income of $266,000, due to the disposition of KPOU, lower uplink shared services revenue of $253,000, and lower time brokerage income of $371,000; offset by higher network compensation revenue of $174,000. Also, during the year ended December 31, 2007 trade and barter revenue increased $1.04 million, or 12.3%, as compared to the same period in 2006. This increase is due primarily to the continued growth in Company’s investment in syndicated programming as it continues its commitment to reduce the amount of shopping and long-form commercials and move to more traditional programming.
 
 
 
43

 
Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s operating results for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006:
 
   
For the Years ended December 31,
 
   
2007
 
2006
 
Change
 
%
Change
 
   
(in thousands, except percentages, net income per share and weighted average shares)
 
Broadcast Revenue
 
$
28,264
 
$
30,395
 
$
(2,131
)
 
(7.01
)%
                           
Program, production & promotion
   
15,028
   
13,413
   
1,615
   
12.04
 
Selling, general & administrative
   
32,419
   
26,192
   
6,337
   
24.19
 
Management Settlement Agreement
   
8,000
   
--
   
8,000
       
Impairment charge on assets held for sale
   
-
   
200
   
(200
)
 
(100.00
)
Amortization and Depreciation expense
   
4,160
   
3,283
   
877
   
26.71
 
Rent
   
2,499
   
2,191
   
308
   
14.06
 
Operating loss
   
(33,842
)
 
(14,884
)
 
(19,068
)
 
128.11
 
                           
Interest expense, net
   
(7,908
)
 
(7,377
)
 
(531
)
 
7.20
 
Gain on sale of assets
   
414
   
18,775
   
(18,361
)
 
(97.79
)
Other income, net
   
593
   
259
   
334
   
128.96
 
     
(6,901
)
 
11,656
   
(18,557
)
 
(159.20
)
Loss before income taxes
   
(40,742
)
 
(3,228
)
 
(37,625
)
 
1,165.58
 
Income taxes
   
-
   
-
             
Net loss
 
$
(40,742
)
$
(3,228
)
$
(37,625
)
 
1,165.58
%
                           
Basic net (loss) per common share
   
(1.12
)
$
(0.13
)
           
Weighted average basic shares used in earnings per share calculation
   
36,312,638
   
25,371,332
             
 
Program, production and promotion expenses
 
Program, production and promotion expense was $15.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to $13.4 million in 2006, an increase of $1.6 million, or 12.0%. The variance was primarily due to an increase in Syndicated Programming expense of $1.04 million and an increase of $0.5 million in Barter/Film Expense.
 
Selling, general and administrative
 
Selling, general and administrative expense was $32.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to $26.2 million in 2006, an increase of $6.3 million, or 24.2%. Contributing to this increase were increases in labor and benefits costs of $3.2 million, professional fees of $1.7 million, and share based compensation of $2.0 million., partially offset with a reduction in LMA and JSA expense of $1.2 million and bad debt expense of $0.4 million.
 
Management Settlement Agreement
 
The Company paid $8.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2007 in connection with a Management Settlement Agreement as a result of the March 2007 Merger transaction., as compared to $0.0 million in 2006, an increase of $8.0 million.
 
Depreciation and Amortization
 
Depreciation and amortization was $4.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to $3.3 million in 2006, an increase of $0.8 million or 26.7%. This increase is primarily attributed to the continuing investment in broadcast equipment.
 
Rent
 
Rent expense was $2.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to $2.2 million in 2006, an increase of $0.3 million, or 14.0%. An increase in tower rent expense was the primary factor.
 
44

 
Interest Expense, net
 
Interest expense was $7.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to $7.4 million in 2006, an increase of $0.5 million, or 7.2%. This increase is primarily attributable to higher average interest rates in 2007. The combined average interest rates on the Company’s senior credit facility were 13.3% and 12.2% for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Gain on sale of assets
 
The gain on sale of assets was $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to a gain of $18.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, a decrease of $18.4 million. The Company sold land and a broadcast tower in 2007; the net gain on sale in 2006 included gains from the sale of several low power television stations located both in Idaho and in Central Arkansas, net of a loss arising from the sale of a station in Alabama.
 
Other income, net
 
Other income, net was approximately $0.6 for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to approximately $0.3 for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $0.3. The Company increase is attributed to a reduction in losses from joint ventures of approximately $0.5 million, net of a reduction in rental income of approximately $0.2.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005
 
Revenue
 
The following table sets forth the principal types of broadcast revenue earned by the Company and its stations for the periods indicated and the change from one period to the next both in dollars and percent:

   
For the Years ended December 31,
 
   
2006
 
2005
 
Change
 
%
Change
 
 
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
 
Broadcast Revenues
     
Local
 
$
11,930
 
$
9,971
 
$
1,959
   
19.6
%
National
   
8,145
   
7,661
   
484
   
6.3
 
Other
   
1,830
   
2,459
   
(629
)
 
(25.6
)
Trade & Barter Revenue
   
8,490
   
7,380
   
1,110
   
15.1
 
Total Broadcast Revenue
 
$
30,395
 
$
27,471
 
$
2,924
   
10.6
%
 
As noted in the Overview, the operating revenue of the Company’s stations is derived primarily from advertising revenue. The above table segregates revenue received from local sources compared to national sources, together with gross trade and barter revenues, which is non-cash. Other broadcast revenue is a combination of production, uplink services, news services, and other non-spot broadcast revenue. The growth in gross broadcast revenues is due to a number of factors, the predominant ones being:

the continuing maturity of all the Company stations,

the overall growth in the Hispanic sector of the broadcast market, and

the addition of eight Univision and Telefutura stations in late 2004 and early 2005.
 
45

 
Of the increase in both Local and National broadcast revenues noted in the table above, over $2.2 million of the increase was from the eight Univision and Telefutura stations added in late 2004 and early 2005. In addition, both the Portland and Salt Lake City Univision stations contributed to the increase with sales increases in excess of 30% for the Portland station and in excess of 40% for the Salt Lake City station.
 
Contributing to the decline in other broadcast revenues was:

a drop in News services revenue of approximately $206,000 due to the Company’s decision to focus its news and weather services production to its own stations and no longer serve third parties,

a reduction in Time Brokerage revenues of approximately $485,000 which is a reflection of moving programming away from shopping based programming to syndicated programming,

an increase in JSA income of $315,000, $280,000 of which is income from the JSA agreement with Fisher Broadcasting regarding KPOU in Portland that became effective July 1, 2006, and terminated upon the sale of that station to Fisher on September 30, 2006, and

a drop in Uplink Shared Services revenue, which is revenue from the Company’s C.A.S.H Services, Inc. subsidiary, of approximately $213,000. This decline is from the loss of a client during this comparative period due to business reversals affecting that client.
 
The increase in Trade and Barter Revenue was due primarily to the significant increase in the amount of syndicated programming being aired by the non-Hispanic stations. The Company acquires syndicated programming either through a cash payment arrangement or a barter arrangement. The programming acquired via barter is valued and amortized as the shows air. The amortized amounts are reflected correspondingly as both barter revenue and barter expense, or trade revenue and trade expense. The Company’s commitment to move away from airing shopping and long-form commercials and into more traditional television programming is, in this instance, reflected in this increase. In addition, Trade Revenue includes the fair market value of spots that air in exchange for goods and services (aside from programming) received from various vendors in the various local markets. As the Company’s stations mature and develop larger local client bases, the opportunities for trade grows. The above increase is, in part, a reflection of this development as well.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s operating results for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005:

   
For the Years ended December 31,
 
   
2006
 
2005
 
Change
 
%
Change
 
   
(in thousands, except percentages, net income per share and weighted average shares)
 
Broadcast Revenue
 
$
30,395
 
$
27,471
 
$
2,924
   
10.6
%
                           
Program, production & promotion
   
13,413
   
11,540
   
1,873
   
16.2
 
Selling, general & administrative
   
26,192
   
24,509
   
1,683
   
6.9
 
Impairment charge on assets held for sale
   
200
   
1,689
   
(1,489
)
 
(88.2
)
Amortization and depreciation expense
   
3,283
   
3,652
   
369
   
(10.1
)
Rent
   
2,191
   
1,937
   
254
   
13.1
 
Operating (loss)
   
(14,884
)
 
(15,856
)
 
972
   
(6.1
)
                           
Interest expense, net
   
(7,377
)
 
(5,085
)
 
(2,292
)
 
45.1
 
Gain on sale of assets
   
18,775
   
7,676
   
11,098
   
144.6
 
Other income, net
   
259
   
548
   
(289
)
 
(52.7
)
     
11,656
   
3,139
   
8,517
   
271.4
 
(Loss) income before income taxes
   
(3,228
)
 
(12,717
)
 
9,489
   
(74.6
)
Income taxes
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Net (loss)
 
$
(3,228
)
$
(12,717
)
$
9,489
   
(74.6
)%
                           
Basic net (loss) per common share
 
$
(0.13
)
$
(0.50
)
           
Weighted average basic shares used in earnings per share calculation
   
25,371,332
   
25,467,844
             
 
 
The changes in operating results for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 were impacted by the fact that the Company acquired, built-out, or significantly changed the programming and/or affiliation in stations located in over twenty markets between June 2004 and December 2006. The development and maturity of these stations directly affected all material aspects of the Company’s operating results, more specifically noted below. These stations included Univision affiliations in Detroit, Ft. Myers, Minneapolis, Kansas City, Tulsa, Syracuse, Waco and Wichita Falls.
 
Program, production and promotion expenses
 
Program, production and promotion expense was $13.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to $11.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $1.9 million, or 16.2%. Contributing to this increase were the following material items:

a $0.3 million increase in Syndicated Film expense. The more significant factors contributing to the increase are the growth in the number of the Company stations broadcasting as RTN affiliates and management’s commitment to acquiring quality programming.

a $0.2 million increase in Satellite Time expense, which reflects the additional costs under the contract with the satellite owner. Amendments to the existing contracts were entered into in both the first and second quarter of 2005 to increase the bandwidth, both C-band and Ku-band, available to the Company. Both the actual and anticipated growth in the number of the Company owned stations contributed to the need to amend the contracts and increase the costs.

a $0.3 million increase in Advertising and Sales Promotion costs, the primary component being an increase in advertising on cable and in sales promotion efforts.

a $1.3 million increase in Trade and Barter expense, which indicates a growth in syndicated barter programming airings and an increase in the trading for goods and services in the various local markets served by the Company stations. The local station managers negotiate trade arrangements in their local markets for goods and services they believe are beneficial to their stations, all subject to the Company corporate approval. The growth in syndicated barter programming airings is an indication of the growth in RTN programming and the movement away from long-form paid programming to syndicated programming, typically thirty minutes in length.
 
47

 
Selling, general and administrative  
 
Selling, general and administrative expense was $26.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to $24.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $1.7 million, or 6.9%. Contributing to this increase were the following material items:

a $0.3 million increase in Commission expense. Since Commission expense is a direct result of broadcast revenue and broadcast revenue was up $2.9 million during this time period, there was a corresponding increase in Commission expense.

a $1.2 million decrease in local marketing agreement, or LMA, and JSA expense. The decrease is due to a decrease in the JSA expense to station KPOU, which was the Company Univision affiliate broadcasting in the Portland, Oregon market and operated under the terms of a JSA with Belo Corporation thru June 30, 2006. Effective July 1, 2006, the JSA agreement with Belo ended and a new JSA agreement with Fisher Broadcasting went into effect. Differences in the two agreements impacted the accounting treatment for the related JSA costs. Fisher subsequently acquired KPOU on September 30, 2006, as discussed elsewhere in this filing. In addition, the apportionment of costs relative to the JSA agreement with Univision for KUTH, the Univision affiliate in Salt Lake City, changed in calendar 2006 as compared to 2005. Costs previously identified as JSA Expense in 2005 are now classified based on their content and nature. The total costs vary month to month but the costs incurred in 2006 do not vary materially in nature or amount from the costs incurred in 2005.

a $0.9 million increase in labor costs. The primary reason for the increase in labor costs is due, simply, to the growth of the Company. Besides the direct labor costs to staff the sales offices of the new locations, as noted elsewhere, there was also an increase in overhead labor costs, including growth in master control, production, traffic, accounting and the other supporting departments. Also, standard cost of living raises contributed to the increase.
 
Depreciation and Amortization
 
Depreciation and amortization was $3.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to $3.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. Of those expense amounts, amortization expense was $126,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $105,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $21,000.
 
Rent
 
Rent expense was $2.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $0.3 million, or 16%. The increase was due primarily to the expansion by the Company into new markets, the costs related to new office and broadcast tower space and contractual annual increases in existing lease agreements.
 
48

 
Interest Expense, net
 
Interest expense, net of interest income, was $7.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to $5.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $2.3 million, or 45%. This increase was due primarily to:
 
A steady and continuing rise in interest rates over the respective periods; and

A steady increase in notes payable during 2006, except for significant reductions in September of $6 million and in November of $9.5 million, both from proceeds from the sale of KPOU, the Portland station. The additions to debt were used primarily for station acquisitions, to increase the investment in broadcast equipment and for general operating purposes.
 
Gain on sale of assets
 
The gain on sale of assets was $18.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to $7.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $11.1 million, or 145%. The gain on sale in the year ended December 31, 2006, included the sale of low power television stations in Boise and Pocatello, ID, for a gross sales price of $1.0 million and a net gain of $0.5 million, the sale of WBMM, a station in Montgomery, AL, for a sales price of $1.9 million and a net loss of $0.3 million, the sale of KPOU, a station in Portland, OR, for a sales price of $19.3 million and a net gain of $18.4 million, and the sale of other miscellaneous assets for no net gain. The gain on sale in the year ended December 31, 2005, included the sale of WPXS, an independent affiliate serving the St. Louis, MO market, for a net gain of $8.4 million. the Company received $5.0 million in cash from the buyer, and three Class-A low power licenses located in Atlanta, GA, Seattle, WA and Minneapolis, MN, respectively, with a combined appraised value of $14.7 million.
 
Losses from Joint Ventures
 
In December 2004, the Company sold a majority interest in the Arkansas Twisters, an AFL2 football team, to a local investor. Prior to that date the financial activity of the Twisters was consolidated into the Company’s financial statements. Subsequent to that date the Company recorded its minority share of any income or loss reported by the Twisters as income or loss from joint ventures. Also, the Company owned approximately a one third interest in Spinner Network Systems, LLC, a specialized media delivery company. During the years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, the Company recognized losses from the Twisters of ($393,000) and ($240,000), respectively. Also, during the same periods, the Company recognized losses from Spinner of ($204,000) and ($317,000), respectively. Other losses from joint ventures during these time periods were immaterial.
 
Net loss
 
The net loss was $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to a net loss of $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of $9.5 million, or 75%. This decrease was due to the items discussed above, primarily:
 
49

 
a decrease in Operating Loss of $1.0 million;

an increase in Interest expense, net of $2.3 million; and

an increase in Gain on sale of assets of $11.1 million, all as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Current Financial Condition
 
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006:
 
   
For the years ended December 31,
 
   
2007
 
2006
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Net cash used by operating activities
 
$
(30,807
)
$
(17,293
)
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
   
(11,440
)
 
18,258
 
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
   
41,251
   
(1,588
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
$
(996
)
$
(623
)

   
As of December 31,
 
   
2007
 
2006
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
634
 
$
1,630
 
Long term debt including current portion and lines of credit
   
77,411
   
57,962
 
Available credit under senior credit agreement
   
─0─
   
5,440
 
 
The Company’s existing capital resources are not sufficient to fund its operations. If the Company is unable to obtain adequate additional sources of capital in the near term it will need to cease all or a portion of its operations, seek protection under U.S. bankruptcy laws and regulations, engage in a restructuring or undertake a combination of these and other actions. Additional sources of capital, if obtained, would likely come from sales by the Company of debt and/or equity and/or the sale of material assets of the Company. The Company is currently negotiating potential transactions that would supply it with capital necessary to meet its current requirements. However, these negotiations may not result in successful consummation of any transaction. If the Company is able to successfully consummate a transaction, such transaction may result in substantial dilution to the Company’s existing security holdings and/or the incurrence of substantial indebtedness on relatively expensive terms. The terms of any such transaction would also likely involve covenants that serve to substantially restrict the operations of the Company and its management and could result in a change of control of the Company.
 
On March 20, 2008, the Company entered into an amendment to its Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with Silver Point Finance, LLC and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. Under the terms of the Amendment, the lender group has agreed to forbear from exercising certain of their rights and remedies with respect to designated defaults under the Credit Agreement through the earlier of (a) April 18, 2008 and (b) the date of occurrence of certain events or by which certain events have failed to occur, including the Company’s failure to enter into agreements with respect to the sale of certain of its assets and the Company’s failure to secure approvals for, and meet other criteria with respect to, financing alternatives necessary to meet the Company’s immediate capital requirements. If the Company is unable to meet all criteria under the forbearance agreement, the lender group will have all remedies available to them under the Credit Agreement, including making the loan immediately due and payable.
 
50

 
The principal ongoing uses of cash that affect the Company’s liquidity position include the following: the acquisition of and payments under syndicated programming contracts, capital and operational expenditures and interest payments on the Company’s debt. It should be noted that no principal is due on the existing senior credit facility (as refinanced in February 2008 – see below) until February 2011, except for mandatory principal payments from proceeds generated from the sale of any collateral assets through that period.
 
The Company currently has a working capital deficit of approximately $58.7 million and has experienced losses from operations since inception. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company had a net loss of approximately $40.8 million and experienced cash outflows from operations during the same period of approximately $30.8 million. In the past, the Company has relied on equity and debt financing and the sale of assets to provide the necessary liquidity for the business to operate and will need to have access to substantial funds over the next twelve months in order to fund its operations. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had approximately $0.6 million of unrestricted cash on hand, and as more fully discussed in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” - Note 13, the Company had access to a working capital line of credit provided to it from certain banking institutions (the “Credit Facility”). However, as of December 31, 2007, approximately $7.9 million, available per the terms of the Credit Facility, was not available due to certain restrictions based on the value of the loan collateral.
 
Prior to the amendment and restatement of the credit facility in February 2008, as well as with certain other notes outstanding, the Company was subject to certain financial covenants, including among others, that the Company meet minimum revenue and EBITDA levels. At December 31, 2007, the Company was in not compliance with these covenants. However, after the amendment and restatement of the credit facility, the Company’s previous events of default were waived and eliminated.
 
On February 13, 2008, the Company and its lenders entered into the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to refinance the credit facility. The amended $53.0 million credit facility, comprised of an $8.0 million revolving credit line and term loans of $45.0 million, matures on February 13, 2011, was used to refinance the existing indebtedness senior credit facility. Outstanding principal balance under the credit facility bears interest at LIBOR or the alternate base rate, plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin is 9.5% for the LIBOR loans and 8.5% on the alternate base rate loan. The minimum LIBOR is 4.5%. The alternate base rate is (i) the greatest of (A) the Prime Rate, (B) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus fifty (50) basis points (0.50%), and (C) seven and one-half percent (7.50%) per annum. We are required to pay an unused line fee of .5% on the unused portion of the credit facility. The credit facility is secured by the majority of the assets of the company. We are subject to new financial and operating covenants and restrictions based on trailing monthly and twelve month information. We have borrowed $50,512,500 under the new facility as of March 11, 2008 . Due to certain restrictions based on the value of the loan collateral, the Company does not have access to the remaining $2,487,500 at this time.
 
Even with the refinanced Credit Facility, the additional funds provided by the Amended Credit Facility are not sufficient to meet all of the anticipated liquidity needs to continue operations of the Company for the next twelve months. Accordingly, the Company will have to raise additional capital or increase its debt immediately to continue operations. If the Company is unable to obtain additional funds when they are required or if the funds cannot be obtained on favorable terms, management may be required to liquidate available assets, restructure the Company or in the extreme event, cease operations. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.
 
51

 
Sources and Uses of Cash  
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006:
 
Operating Activities
 
Operating Activities
 
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $30.8 million and $17.3 million, respectively. The increase in net cash used by operating activities of $13.5 million was due primarily to an increase in the net loss of $34.0 million net of increases in Management Agreement Settlement expense of $4.8 million, and Share Based Compensation expense of $2.0 million, both non-cash operating expenses.
 
Investing Activities
 
Net cash used by investing activities was $11.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase in the use of cash of $29.7 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, when $18.3 million was provided by investing activities. The increase in use was largely due to the acquisition of three low power television stations located in Oklahoma and Arkansas, including KLRA, the Univision affiliate in Little Rock, Arkansas for $1.3 million an increase in the investment of property and equipment, primarily in Little Rock for the expansion of our master control facilities in the amount of $3.9 million, the setup of a restricted cash fund for acquisition of broadcast assets of $4.2 million and a decrease in the proceeds from the sale of broadcast stations from $22.2 million in 2006 as compared to $0 in 2007.
 
Financing Activities
 
Net cash provided by financing activities was $41.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to uses of $1.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $42.9 million. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company completed its merger with the Company. As part of the Merger Transaction, the Company contributed pre-merger assets and liabilities to the surviving accounting entity, including operating cash of $22.8 million and $10.9 million of funds held in trust for the retirement of the stock held by the Company shareholders who elected not to participate in the merger. The funds held in trust were paid out by the trustee subsequent to the merger and before September 30, 2007, to the dissenting shareholders for their shares of the Company. Also, as part of the merger transaction, the Company re-purchased its outstanding preferred stock for $25 million, including the issuance of a note payable of $15 million. In June 2007, the Company completed a sale of Common Stock shares through a private placement which resulted in net proceeds of $9.0 million. The Company’s net decrease in debt was $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to a net increase of $1.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005:
 
  As of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005:
 
   
For the years ended December 31,
 
   
2006
 
2005
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Net cash used by operating activities
 
$
(17,293
)
$
(15,657
)
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
   
18,258
   
3,061
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
   
(1,588
)
 
13,630
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
$
(623
)
$
1,035
 

   
As of December 31,
 
   
2006
 
2005
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
1,630
 
$
2,254
 
Long term debt including current portion and lines of credit
   
57,962
   
59,550
 
Available credit under senior credit agreement
   
5,440
   
1,643
 
 
52

 
Operating Activities
 
Net cash used in operating activities for the years ending December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $17.3 million and $15.7 million, respectively. The increase in net cash used by operating activities of $1.6 million was due primarily to the following factors:

Gross broadcast revenues were up $2.9 million, as discussed above.

Amounts totaling $1.1 million of cash was received as Deposits Held for Sale and reflecting deposits on options to purchase various the Company television stations.

A net increase of $10.6 million in gains from the sale of intangibles between periods. the Company sold WPXS, in St. Louis, in June 2005 and recorded a gain of $8.4 million. the Company received $4.9 million in cash and three low power television stations with fair values totaling $14.7 million as consideration. In May 2006, the Company sold stations in Boise and Pocatello Idaho and recorded gains totaling $0.5 million. The sales price was $1.0 million in cash which was received at closing. In July 2006, the Company sold its station in Montgomery, Alabama, WBMM, for $1.9 million in cash and recorded a loss on the sale of $0.3 million. In September, the Company sold its station in Portland, OR for $19.3 million in cash and recorded a gain on the sale of $18.4 million. The cash from the sale was received in increments during 2006, predominately in latter part of the year. Other sales of various assets occurred but did not generate material gains or losses, or receipts of cash.

Operating expenses were up $2.0 million as further discussed above in Results of Operations.

Trade accounts receivable, net at December 31, 2006 was approximately $3.9 million as compared to $3.2 million at December 31, 2005, or an increase of $0.7 million. No specific event or set of circumstances outside normal business operations and conditions affected these changes.

Trade accounts payable and accrued expenses increased $0.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2006 vs. a decrease of $0.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. Trade accounts payable and accrued expenses totaled $3.4 million at December 31, 2006 as compared to a balance of $3.2 million at December 31, 2005, a decrease of $0.7 million. No specific event or set of circumstances outside normal business operations and conditions affected these changes or balances.

The amortization of program broadcast rights was $6.2 million and $5.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. However, of those amounts $4.8 million and $4.0 million, respectively, represented amortization of rights acquired via barter transactions and involved no cash activity.
 
Investing Activities
 
Net cash provided by investing activities was $18.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $15.2 million from the prior year ended December 31, 2005, when $3.1 million was provided by investing activities. The following changes in investing activities were noted:
 
53

 
Capital expenditures increased $0.3 million from $2.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, to $2.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2006. The capital expenditures in both years are indications of the continuing growth of the Company and do not include any single material event or set of circumstances.

Proceeds from the sale of broadcast stations, or related capital assets, was $6.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to $22.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2006. As noted above the Company received, in 2005, $4.9 million in cash from the sale of WPXS and $0.4 million from the sale of certain real estate in Casper, WY. Also as noted above, the Company received, in 2006, $1.0 million from the sale of stations in Boise and Pocatello, ID, $1.9 million from the sale WBMM, the Montgomery station, and $19.1 million from the sale of its station in Portland, OR. In addition, the Company sold its station in Casper, WY, KTWO, but had previously received the majority of the sales price, or $1.0 million, which had been accounted for as a liability until closing occurred.

In the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company acquired a station, WGMU, located in Burlington, for approximately $0.7 million cash and a low power television license located in Amarillo, Texas for approximately $0.2 million. In the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company purchased eight low power television stations located in Grand Rapids, MI, Waco, TX, Nashville, TN, Jacksonville and southwest, FL and Lexington, KY for $3.1 million cash and promissory notes totaling $0.8 million.
 
Financing Activities
 
Net cash used by financing activities was $1.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to net cash provided of $13.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. Proceeds from the Senior Credit Facility Revolver totaled $40.8 million and $19.6 million, in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Additionally, payments of $41.2 million and $5.1 million were made towards the Senior Credit Facility Revolver in the same years, respectively. The funds used to pay down the revolver originated from the $19.1 million sales proceeds received on the KPOU transaction, the $1.0 million received from the sale of the Idaho stations, the $1.9 million received from the sale of the Montgomery station and the $6.0 million from the C Piece of the facility, all discussed above, and, in 2005, the $5.0 million down payment on WPXS, also discussed above. During the year ended December 31 2006, the Company amended the Senior Credit Facility and added the C Piece for $6.0 million. See “Debt Instruments and Related Covenants” below for further details on the Senior Credit Facility. The net proceeds in both years were primarily to finance the Company’s acquisition of television stations, increase the investment in broadcast equipment, and for general operating purposes, as further discussed above.
 
Income Taxes
 
EMHC and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and such state and local tax returns as are required. Based on the estimated net operating loss available for carryforward at December 31, 2007, of approximately $ 124.1 million the Company does not expect to pay any significant amount of income taxes in the next several years.
 
Debt Instruments and Related Covenants
 
The Company’s Credit Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the assets, including real estate, of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Credit Facility contains certain restrictive provisions which include, but are not limited to, requiring the Company to achieve certain revenue and earnings goals, limiting the amount of annual capital investments, incur additional indebtedness, make certain acquisitions and investments, sell assets or make other restricted payments, including dividends (all are as defined in the loan agreement and subsequent amendments.) As of December 31, 2007, the Company was not in compliance with all covenants as required by the credit facility before its amendment and restatement on February 13, 2008. In connection with and as part of the amendment and restatement of the credit facility, the lenders waived and eliminated the covenant requirements as of December 31, 2007. The Company is subject to amended covenants as per the new credit agreement.
 
On March 20, 2008, the Company entered into an amendment to its Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with Silver Point Finance, LLC and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. Under the terms of the Amendment, the lender group has agreed to forbear from exercising certain of their rights and remedies with respect to designated defaults under the Credit Agreement through the earlier of (a) April 18, 2008 and (b) the date of occurrence of certain events or by which certain events have failed to occur, including the Company’s failure to enter into agreements with respect to the sale of certain of its assets and the Company’s failure to secure approvals for, and meet other criteria with respect to, financing alternatives necessary to meet the Company’s immediate capital requirements. If the Company is unable to meet all criteria under the forbearance agreement, the lender group will have all remedies available to them under the Credit Agreement, including making the loan immediately due and payable.
 
54

 
As of December 31, 2007, the applicable margins for base rate advances and LIBOR advances under the revolver component of the Credit Facility were 6% and 7%, respectively. The amount outstanding under the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2007 was $50.4 million and is allocated as follows: term loan facility of $20.0 million, term loan D of $12.4 million and a revolving loan of $18.0 million. At December 31, 2007, $7.9 million was available to borrow under the revolver component of the Credit Facility. However, due to certain restrictions based on the value of the loan collateral, the Company did not currently have access to the $7.9 million.(as further described in Note 2 – Liquidity and Capital Resources).
 
. Inflation
 
Management does not believe that inflation has had a material impact on operations to date, nor is inflation expected to have a material effect on operations in the near future. However, there can be no assurances that a high rate of inflation in the future would not have an adverse impact on our operating results and increase borrowing costs.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
Contractual Obligations as of December 31, 200 7

   
Payments due by period
 
       
Less than
1 year
 
1 - 3 years
 
3 - 5 years
 
More than
5 years
 
   
Total
 
(2008)
 
(2009 -
2010)
 
(2011 -
2012)
 
(after
2012)
 
Long-term debt obligations (1)
 
$
77,410,558
   
17,954,944
   
57,782,302
   
1,673,312
   
-
 
Capital lease obligations (2)
   
186,036
   
44,541
   
74,258
   
67,237
   
-
 
Operating lease obligations (3)
   
9,654,636
   
1,690,657
   
2,531,753
   
1,516,350
   
3,915,876
 
Program rights (4)
   
3,235,382
   
2,094,737
   
974,499
   
154,218
   
11,928
 
   
$
90,486,612
   
21,784,879
   
61,362,812
   
3,411,117
   
3,927,804
 
 
(1)
“Long-term debt obligations” represent the current and all future payments of obligations under long-term borrowings referenced in FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 47 Disclosure of Long-Term Obligations , as may be modified or supplemented. This obligation consists primarily of obligations under the Company’s senior credit facility. These amounts are recorded as liabilities as of the current balance sheet date.
   
(2) 
“Capital lease obligations” represent payment obligations under non-cancelable lease agreements classified as capital leases and disclosed pursuant to FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13 Accounting for Leases , as may be modified or supplemented. These amounts are recorded as liabilities as of the current balance sheet date.
 
(3)
“Operating lease obligations” represent payment obligations under non-cancelable lease agreements classified as operating leases and disclosed pursuant to FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13 Accounting for Leases , as may be modified or supplemented. These amounts are not recorded as liabilities as of the current balance sheet date.
 
(4)
“Program rights” represent obligations for syndicated television programming.
 
55

 
The above table does not include cash requirements for the payment of any dividends that our board of directors may decide to declare in the future on our Coconut Palm Series A preferred stock. See Note 10 to the 2005 consolidated financial statements.
 
Related Party Transactions
 
     Until the Merger Transaction, Arkansas Media owned 75% of EBC’s Class B common shares outstanding. The owners of Arkansas Media held management and board of director positions within EBC. Arkansas Media had provided management services to EBC under the terms of a management agreement. An aspect of the merger of EBC with the Company was a settlement between Arkansas Media and the Company whereby the management agreement with Arkansas Media was terminated effective March 30, 2007, the date of the merger. As consideration for terminating the agreement, EBC paid Arkansas Media $3.2 million, issued 640,000 shares of the EBC’s pre-merger Class A common stock, purchased three low power television stations for $1.3 million, purchased an office building and land for $0.3 million and retired a note payable to a company affiliated with Arkansas Media for $0.5 million. The three owners of Arkansas Media also entered into either employment or consulting agreements with the Company for periods of one to three years, effective the date of the Merger Transaction.
 
Univision Communications, Inc. is a shareholder in the Company. Univision also acts as the national sales agent for the Company’s Spanish-language television stations. The Company pays Univision a 15% commission on those sales. The Company also operates its Salt Lake City Univision television station, KUTH through a local marketing agreement with Univision. Concurrent with the merger, EBC retired its preferred stock and paid Univision $19,588,670 for its preferred stock holdings. In addition, the Company issued 2,050,519 shares of new preferred stock to pay the dividends that had accrued on the EBC preferred stock since its issuance in June 2001. Those dividends totaled $10.5 million. The Company also issued a $15.0 million promissory note to Univision as further compensation for its preferred stock.
 
Univision also acts as the national sales agent for the Company’s Spanish-language television stations. The Company pays Univision a 15% commission on those sales. The Company also operates its Salt Lake City Univision television station, KUTH through a local marketing agreement (LMA) with Univision. The Company incurred expenses related to commissions in the amounts of $676,255, $449,848, and $154,577 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively for sales made on behalf of the Company by Univision. Additionally, the Company accrued expenses related to operating fees of $323,338, $338,516 and $349,462 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively under the LMA with Univision.
 
In connection with the approval of the above described transaction, the Company’s stockholders ratified the Management Services Agreement between Royal Palm Capital Management, LLLP and the Company. The agreement generally provides that Royal Palm will provide general management and advisory services for an initial term of three years, subject to renewal thereafter on an annual basis by approval of a majority of the independent directors serving on the Company’s board of directors. The services to be provided include, but are not limited to, establishing certain office, accounting and administrative procedures, helping the Company obtain financing, advising the Company in securities matters and future acquisitions or dispositions, assisting the Company in formulating risk management policies, coordinating public relations and investor relations efforts, and providing such other services as may be reasonably requested by the Company and agreed to by Royal Palm. Royal Palm shall receive an annual management fee of $1,500,000, in addition to the reimbursement of budgeted out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the performance of Royal Palm’s management services. The management services agreement may be terminated upon the material failure of either party to comply with its stated duties and obligations, subject to a 30-day cure period.
 
Certain officers and directors of Royal Palm also serve as officers and directors of the Company. For this reason, Royal Palm is generally prohibited from engaging in activities competitive with the business of the Company post-closing, unless such restriction is waived by the board of directors of the Company.
 
Other related party activities were immaterial to the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
 
. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
56

 
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires the appropriate application of certain accounting policies, many of which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions about future events and their impact on amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes. Since future events and their impact cannot be determined with certainty, the actual results may differ from the Company’s estimates. Such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.
 
The Company believes its application of accounting policies, and the estimates inherently required therein, are reasonable. These accounting policies and estimates are periodically reevaluated, and adjustments are made when facts and circumstances dictate a change. Historically, the Company has found its application of accounting policies to be appropriate, and actual results have not differed materially from those determined using necessary estimates.
 
The Company’s accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements,” included elsewhere in this filing. the Company has identified the following critical accounting policies:
 
Program Rights and Contract Costs
 
Program rights represent costs incurred for the right to broadcast certain features and syndicated television programs. Program rights are stated at the lower of unamortized cost or estimated realizable value. The cost of such program rights and the corresponding liability are recorded when the initial program   becomes available to broadcast under the contract. Generally, program rights are amortized over the life of the contract on a per broadcast usage basis. The portion of the cost estimated to be amortized within one year and after one year, is reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as current and non-current assets, respectively. The gross payments under these contracts that are due within one year and after one year are similarly classified as current and non-current liabilities.
 
Certain program contracts provide that the Company may exchange advertising airtime in lieu of cash payments for the rights to broadcast certain television programs. The average estimated fair value of the advertising time available in each contract program is recorded as both a program right, an asset, and, correspondingly, as deferred barter revenue, a liability. The current and non-current portion of each are determined as noted above. As the programs are aired and advertising time used, both program rights and unearned revenue are amortized, correspondingly, based on a per usage basis of the available commercial time, to both program expense and broadcast revenue.
 
Valuation of Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Long-lived Assets
 
The Company accounts for its business acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting. The total cost of acquisitions is allocated to the underlying net assets, based on their respective estimated fair values. The excess of the purchased price over the estimated fair values of the tangible and identifiable intangible net assets is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires managements judgments and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates , asset lives, and market multiples, among other variables.
 
The Company classifies intangible assets as either finite-lived or indefinite-lived. Indefinite-lived intangibles consist of FCC broadcasting licenses and goodwill which are not subject to amortization, but are tested for impairment at least annually.
 
57

 
At least annually, the Company performs an impairment test for indefinite-lived intangibles and goodwill using various valuation methods to determine the asset’s fair value. Certain assumptions are used in determining the fair value, including assumptions about the Company’s businesses, market conditions, station operating performance and legal factors. Additionally, the fair values can be significantly impacted by other factors including market multiples and long-term interest rates that exist at the time the impairment analysis is performed.
 
The Company reviews its long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicated that the carrying amount of any asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to fair value, which is determined using quoted market prices or estimates based on the best information available using valuation techniques acceptable in the industry. Management uses third-party, independent appraisals of all stations and operations which are updated on a regular basis upon which it bases its estimate of fair value.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
     The Company’s primary source of revenue is the sale of television time to advertisers. Revenue is recorded when the advertisements are broadcast. Deferred revenue consists of monies received for advertisements not yet broadcast. The revenues realized from barter arrangements are recorded as the programs are aired and at the estimated fair value of the advertising airtime given in exchange for the program rights.
 
The revenue recorded by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, RTN, is primarily from the sale of television time to advertisers. RTN contracts with other television broadcasters across the United States to deliver programming content in a digital format to be broadcast on the broadcaster’s digital platform in the local markets in which the broadcasters are located. The agreements between RTN and the broadcasters provide RTN access to a certain portion of the commercial time within the programming for the sale to advertisers by RTN. Specifically, the local affiliate sells advertising time to local advertisers while RTN is able to sell to national and, in some instances, to regional advertisers. The revenue is recognized when the advertisements are broadcast.
 
Additional broadcast revenue includes uplink services to other media companies under contractual arrangements in which revenues are recognized as services are provided pursuant to the respective agreement. The revenue recorded from these uplink services, as provided to other media companies through the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, C.A.S.H. Services, Inc. (“C.A.S.H.”), typically consists of one or more of the following component aspects provided by C.A.S.H. including, but not limited to, access to the Company’s available satellite bandwidth, master control services, access to the Company’s traffic software and services provided by the Company’s traffic personnel. All of these component aspects of the agreement, however, are delivered simultaneously to provide the service of up-linking the client’s television signal. The revenue, as defined in each agreement, is recognized as the collective service is provided, which is when the uplink service occurs, which is typically non-stop, twenty-four hours a day as long as the agreement is in force. Once the service is provided, the Company has no further post-delivery obligation. Each individual agreement is negotiated regarding the components of the uplink service to be provided based upon the cost of those components and the needs of the client. Until September 2005, the Company provided broadcast based services to various third parties, consisting of the production and delivery, via satellite, of local news shows. Broadcast revenue from those services was recognized as the shows were aired, or as uplink services were provided. No such news production services were provided to third parties in 2007 and 2006, due to the fact that the Company fully utilized its news production and delivery capacity for internal purposes and, as such, no revenue was recorded in 2007 and 2006.
 
58

 
Income taxes
 
In establishing deferred income tax assets and liabilities, the Company makes judgments and interpretations based on enacted tax laws and published tax guidance applicable to its operations. the Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities and evaluates the need for valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to realizable amounts. Changes in the Company’s valuation of the deferred tax assets or changes in the income tax provision may affect its annual effective income tax rate. As of December 31, 2007, and 2006 valuation allowances have been provided for the entire amount of our available federal and state net operating loss carryovers.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), which establishes accounting for stock-based awards exchanged for employee services, using the modified prospective application transition method. As of January 1, 2006, the Company was a non-public entity, and it used the exemptions provided by SFAS No. 123(R) and continued to account for the options issued prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) using the previous methodology applying Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) No. 25 and related interpretations, as permitted under SFAS No. 123. For awards issued or modified after January 1, 2006, the Company uses the fair value method as required under SFAS No. 123(R) and described below.
 
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model that uses the following assumptions: expected volatility, expected life of the options, expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate. The Company amortizes the fair value of all awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods. Because Black-Scholes valuation models incorporate ranges of assumptions for inputs, those ranges are disclosed. Until such time as the Company’s common stock and related equity instruments have traded for a sufficient time period, the Company will determine the expected volatility of its common stock based on the weighted average of the historical volatility of the daily closing prices of a composite group of public companies with operations similar to the Company’s as a television broadcaster. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the valuation model; separate groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. The expected life of the options granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for issues with and equivalent remaining term equal to the expected life of the award. The Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model, consistent with the Company’s recent experience.
 
The exchange of options and change of terms upon consummation of the Merger Transaction was treated for purposes of SFAS 123(R) as a modification of the terms and conditions of the option awards which requires that the Company measure the incremental compensation cost by comparing the fair value of the modified award with the fair value of the award immediately before the modification. Based on a calculation of both the fair value of the original EBC options immediately before the merger and the fair value of the modified options immediately after the merger, it was determined that no incremental value was added due to the modification. Accordingly, there was no additional compensation expense charged to operations as result of the modification.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 160, “ Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“FASB No. 160”) .” The objective of FASB No. 160 is to improve the relevance, comparability, and transparency of the financial information that a reporting entity provides in its consolidated financial statements by establishing accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This Statement applies to all entities that prepare consolidated financial statements, except not-for-profit organizations. FASB No. 160 amends ARB 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It also amends certain of ARB 51’s consolidation procedures for consistency with the requirements of FASB No. 141 (R). This Statement is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008 Earlier adoption is prohibited. The effective date of this Statement is the same as that of the related Statement 141(R). This Statement shall be applied prospectively as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which this Statement is initially applied, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements. The presentation and disclosure requirements shall be applied retrospectively for all periods presented.

59

 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007) “ Business Combinations ” (“FASB No. 141(R)”). FASB No. 141(R) retains the fundamental requirements of the original pronouncement requiring that the purchase method be used for all business combinations. FASB No. 141(R) defines the acquirer as the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination, establishes the acquisition date as the date that the acquirer achieves control and requires the acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest at their fair values as of the acquisition date. FASB No. 141(R) also requires that acquisition-related costs be recognized separately from the acquisition. FASB No. 141(R) is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The impact of adopting SFAS No. 141(R) will be dependent on the future business combinations that the Company may pursue after its effective date, if any.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 159”), which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS No. 159 will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2008. We do not expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 159 will have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plan” (“SFAS No. 158”), which requires employers to fully recognize the obligations associated with single-employer defined benefit pension, retiree healthcare and other postretirement plans in their financial statements. It requires employers to recognize an asset or liability for a plan’s over funded or under funded status, measure a plan’s assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year and recognize in comprehensive income changes in the fund status of the defined benefit postretirement plan in the year in which changes occur. The requirement to recognize the funded status of a benefit plan and the disclosure requirement are effective for fiscal years ending after December 31, 2006. We have adopted the requirements of SFAS No. 158, which has had no impact on our financial position or results of operations.

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”), which applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. SFAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop the assumption that market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier adoption is encouraged provided that the entity has not yet issued financial statements, including interim financial statements, for any period of that fiscal year. The effective date of this statement is the date than an entity adopts the requirements of this statement. Management does not expect this pronouncement to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), regarding accounting for, and disclosure of, uncertain tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognizing, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.
 
60


 
General

The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in domestic and international interest rates (i.e. prime and LIBOR). This market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact the financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows of the Company due to adverse changes in interest rates. This exposure is directly related to our normal funding activities. The Company does not use financial instruments for trading and, as of December 31, 2007 was not a party to any interest-rate derivative agreements.

Interest Rates

At December 31, 2007, approximately 75% of the Company’s total outstanding debt (credit agreement, lines of credit, asset purchase loans, real estate mortgage, etc.) bears interest at variable rates. The fair value of the Company’s fixed rate debt is estimated based on current rates offered to the Company for debt of similar terms and maturities and is not estimated to vary materially from its carrying value.

Based on amounts outstanding at December 31, 2007, if the interest rate on the Company’s variable debt were to increase by 1.0%, its annual interest expense would be higher by approximately $0.6 million.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

61


EQUITY MEDIA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 

   
December 31
 
   
2007
 
2006
 
             
         
           
Current assets
         
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
634,314
 
$
1,630,973
 
Restricted cash
   
4,162,567
       
Certificate of deposit
   
112,107
   
107,611
 
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for uncollectible accounts; $1,485,926 in 2007 and $ 1,542,114 in 2006
   
3, 514,635
   
3,893,887
 
Program broadcast rights
   
6,921,465
   
5,104,685
 
Assets held for sale
   
9,520,849
   
12,352,613
 
Other current assets
   
321,434
   
811,231
 
Prepaid expenses - related party
   
100,000
   
-
 
Total current assets
   
25,287,371
   
23,901,000
 
               
Property and equipment
             
Land and improvements
   
2,017,698
   
2,200,330
 
Buildings
   
3,956,229
   
2,348,475
 
Broadcast equipment
   
29,174,079
   
23,354,491
 
Transportation equipment
   
283,151
   
232,776
 
Furniture and fixtures
   
4,422,527
   
3,337,654
 
Construction in progress
   
163,716
   
203,816
 
     
40,017,400
   
31,677,542
 
Accumulated depreciation
   
(16,350,882
)
 
(12,161,846
)
Net property and equipment
   
23,666,518
   
19,515,696
 
               
Intangible assets
             
Indefinite-lived
             
Broadcast licenses
   
66,498,347
   
63,064,692
 
Goodwill
   
1,940,282
   
1,940,282
 
Total indefinite-lived
   
68,438,629
   
65,004,974
 
               
Other assets
             
Broadcasting construction permits
   
885,665
   
926,000
 
Program broadcast rights
   
4,001,625
   
4,120,753
 
Investment in joint ventures
   
435,860
   
681,605
 
Deposits and other assets
   
98,705
   
262,630
 
Broadcasting station acquisition rights pursuant to assignment agreements
   
440,000
   
40,000
 
Total other assets
   
5,861,855
   
6,030,988
 
               
Total assets
 
$
123,254,373
 
$
114,412,658
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
 
62


EQUITY MEDIA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
December 31
 
   
2007
 
2006
 
           
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
         
           
Current liabilities
         
Trade accounts payable
 
$
3,644,474
 
$
1,980,509
 
Due to affiliates and related parties
   
2,509,480
   
1,338,557
 
Lines of credit
   
994,495
   
-
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
   
1,777,240
   
1,455,526
 
Deposits held for sales of broadcast licenses
   
1,024,601
   
219,024
 
Deferred revenue
   
271,728
   
212,299
 
Current portion of program broadcast obligations
   
2,094,741
   
1,126,580
 
Current portion of deferred barter revenue
   
4,393,637
   
3,903,770
 
Note payable to Univision
   
15,000,000
   
-
 
Current portion of notes payable
   
52,233,322
   
3,934,615
 
Current portion of capital lease obligations
   
44,546
   
35,267
 
Total current liabilities
   
83,988,265
   
14,206,147
 
               
Non-current liabilities
             
Notes payable, net of current portion
   
8,996,705
   
53,966,446
 
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
   
141,491
   
25,736
 
Program broadcast obligations, net of current portion
   
1,140,641
   
1,020,937
 
Deferred barter revenue, net of current portion
   
2,618,143
   
2,889,424
 
Due to affiliates and related parties
   
6,262
   
51,499
 
Security and other deposits
   
213,500
   
1,024,601
 
Other liabilities
   
556,795
   
-
 
Total non-current liabilities
   
13,673,536
   
58,978,643
 
               
Commitments and Contingencies
   
-
   
-
 
               
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock
   
10,519,162
   
-
 
               
Stockholders' equity
             
Common stock
   
4,028
   
2,537
 
Additional paid-in capital
   
136,217,425
   
98,915,163
 
Accumulated Deficit
   
(121,146,692
)
 
(57,649,832
)
     
15,074,761
   
41,267,868
 
Treasury stock, at cost
   
(1,352
)
 
-
 
Total stockholders' equity
   
15,073,409
   
41,267,868
 
               
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
 
$
123,254,373
 
$
114,452,658
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

63


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
               
Broadcast Revenue
 
$
28,264,177
 
$
30,394,732
 
$
27,470,923
 
                     
Operating Expenses
                   
Program, production & promotion
   
15,028,100
   
13,413,200
   
11,539,563
 
Selling, general & administrative
   
29,791,043
   
23,710,623
   
22,433,191
 
Selling, general & administrative - related party
   
1,079,905
   
884,364
   
600,039
 
                     
Management agreement settlement
   
8,000,000
   
-
   
-
 
Impairment charge on assets held for sale
   
-
   
200,000
   
1,688,721
 
Amortization
   
37,135
   
126,250
   
105,283
 
Depreciation
   
4,122,938
   
3,156,590
   
3,547,140
 
Management fees - related party
   
1,547,581
   
1,596,682
   
1,475,282
 
Rent
   
2,499,058
   
2,191,217
   
1,937,468
 
Total operating expenses
   
62,105,761
   
45,278,927
   
43,326,687
 
                     
Loss from operations
   
(33,841,584
)
 
(14,884,194
)
 
(15,855,764
)
                     
Other income (expense)
                   
Interest income
   
189,884
   
214,483
   
147,947
 
Interest expense
   
(7,310,423
)
 
(7,591,769
)
 
(5,232,807
)
                     
Interest expense - related party
   
(787,500
)
 
-
   
-
 
Gain (loss) on sale of assets
   
414,378
   
18,774,772
   
7,676,468
 
Other income, net
   
866,592
   
1,073,495
   
1,109,907
 
Losses from affiliates and joint ventures
   
(273,657
)
 
(814,897
)
 
(563,169
)
Total other income (expense)
   
(6,900,726
)
 
11,656,085
   
3,138,346
 
                     
Loss before income taxes
   
(40,742,310
)
 
(3,228,109
)
 
(12,717,418
)
                     
Income taxes
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
                     
Net loss
   
(40,742,310
)
 
(3,228,109
)
 
(12,717,418
)
                     
Preferred dividend
   
(12,691,737
)
 
-
   
-
 
                     
Net loss available to common shareholders
 
$
(53,434,048
)
 
(3,228,109
)
$
(12,717,418
)
                     
Weighted average of common shares outstanding:
                   
Basic and diluted
   
36,312,638
   
25,371,332
   
25,467,844
 
Net loss available to common shareholders per share:
                   
Basic and diluted
   
(1.47
)
 
(0.13
)
 
(0.50
)
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
 
64


EQUITY MEDIA HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

   
Common Stock 
 
Paid-in Capital
 
Accumulated
 
Treasury Stock
 
 
 
   
Shares 
 
Amount
 
in Excess of Par
 
Deficit
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Total
 
                               
Balance at December 31, 2004, as restated
   
25,371,332
 
$
2,537
 
$
98,915,163
 
$
(41,704,305
)
 
-
 
$
-
 
$
57,213,395
 
                                             
Net loss for the year
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(12,717,418
)
 
-
   
-
   
(12,717,418
)
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2005
   
25,371,332
   
2,537
   
98,915,163
   
(54,421,723
)
 
-
   
-
   
44,495,977
 
                                             
Net loss for the year
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(3,228,109
)
 
-
   
-
   
(3,228,109
)
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2006
   
25,371,332
   
2,537
   
98,915,163
   
(57,649,832
)
 
-
   
-
   
41,267,868
 
                                             
Retirement of preferred stock
               
(29,937,188
)
 
(10,062,812
)
             
(40,000,000
)
Shares issued per consulting agreement
   
43,860
   
4
   
(4
                   
-
 
Common stock issued as payment of preferred dividends
   
314,966
   
32
   
1,615,749
   
(1,615,781
)
             
-
 
Preferred shares issued as payment of preferred dividends
   
-
   
-
         
(10,519,162
)
             
(10,519,162
)
Acquisition of net assets of Coconut Palm Acquisition
                                           
                                             
Corporation
   
12,091,089
   
1,209
   
50,638,304
                     
50,639,513
 
Charge to additional paid-in capital for prepaid merger
                                           
                                             
costs
               
(953,223
)
                   
(953,223
)
Common stock portion of settlement to terminate
                                           
Arkansas Media Management Agreement
   
935,672
   
94
   
4,799,906
                     
4,800,000
 
                                             
Purchase of fractional shares
                           
(260
)
 
(1,352
)
 
(1,352
)
                                             
Share based compensation costs
               
2,007,280
                     
2,007,280
 
Common shares issued in connection with private
                                           
                                             
placement
   
1,406,250
   
140
   
8,999,860
                     
9,000,000
 
Retirement of Equity Broadcasting Corporation dissenting
                                           
                                             
shareholders
               
(368,410
)
                   
(368,410
)
Common stock issued as payment of note payable
   
115,473
   
12
   
499,988
                     
500,000
 
                                             
Accretion of preferred dividends
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(556,794
)
             
(556,794
)
                                             
Net loss for the year
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(40,742,310
)
             
(40,742,310
)
                                                
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
   
40,278,642
   
4,028
   
136,217,425
   
(121,146,692
)
 
(260
)
 
(1,352
)
 
15,073,409
 
                                             
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

65

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006, 2005
 
   
2007
 
  2006
 
  2005
 
Cash flows from operating activities
               
Net loss
 
$
(40,742,310
)
$
(3,228,109
)
$
(12,717,418
)
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
               
Provision for bad debts
   
1,273,736
   
1,721,500
   
419,457
 
Depreciation
   
4,122,938
   
3,156,590
   
3,547,140
 
Amortization of Intangibles
   
37,135
   
126,250
   
105,283
 
Amortization of program broadcast rights
   
7,769,321
   
6,206,367
   
5,145,937
 
Amortization of discounts on interest-free debt
   
29,723
   
-
   
-
 
Equity in (gains) losses of subsidiaries and joint ventures
   
273,657
   
814,897
   
563,169
 
(Gain) loss on sale of equipment
   
(453,753
)
 
44,218
   
533,643
 
(Gain) loss on sale of intangibles
   
39,375
   
(18,818,990
)
 
(8,210,113
)
Impairment of Intangibles
   
-
   
200,000
   
1,688,721
 
Management agreement settlement fees
   
4,800,000
   
-
   
-
 
Share based compensation
   
2,007,280
   
-
   
-
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                   
(Increase) decrease in trade accounts receivable
   
(894,485
)
 
(1,620,866
)
 
(34,077
)
(Increase) decrease in deposits and other assets
   
(476,769
)
 
299,967
   
(530,119
)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
(486,132
)
 
228,454
   
(533,958
)
Decrease in program broadcast rights
   
(9,466,967
)
 
(5,489,577
)
 
(9,283,015
)
Increase (decrease in program broadcast obligations
   
1,087,863
   
(1,095,924
)
 
1,650,008
 
Increase in deferred barter revenue
   
218,584
   
169,192
   
2,001,635
 
Decrease in security Deposits
   
(5,523
)
 
(7,200
)
 
-
 
Increase in deferred income
   
59,429
   
-
   
-
 
Decrease in other liabilities
   
-
   
-
   
(3,097
)
                     
Net cash used by operating activities
   
(30,806,898
)
 
(17,293,231
)
 
(15,656,804
)
 
                   
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Purchases of property and equipment
   
(7,382,192
)
 
(2,730,264
)
 
(2,389,175
)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
   
621,462
   
595,991
   
350,956
 
Proceeds from collection on notes receivable
   
-
   
633,973
   
10,434
 
Proceeds from sale of intangibles
   
-
   
123,332
   
30,000
 
Proceeds from sale of broadcast stations
   
-
   
22,231,291
   
5,965,517
 
Acquisition of broadcast assets
   
(1,625,000
)
 
(3,781,027
)
 
(1,046,386
)
Restriction of cash for acquisitions
   
(4,162,567
)
 
-
   
-
 
Proceeds from options to sell broadcast assets
   
-
   
1,128,666
   
-
 
(Purchase) maturities of certificate of deposit
   
(4,496
)
 
(3,600
)
 
46,737
 
Purchase of other intangible assets
   
-
   
(4,565
)
 
(55,612
)
Net repayments from (advances to) affiliates
   
1,112,519
   
63,864
   
148,671
 
                     
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
   
(11,440,274
)
 
18,257,661
   
3,061,142
 
                     
Cash flows from financing activities
                   
Proceeds from notes payable
   
24,934,146
   
42,910,775
   
21,682,531
 
Payments of notes payable
   
(20,183,227
)
 
(44,468,272
)
 
(7,960,584
)
Payments of capital lease obligations
   
(37,497
)
 
(30,196
)
 
(91,729
)
Recapitalization through merger
   
52,906,853
   
-
   
-
 
Purchase of common stock
   
(1,352
)
 
-
   
-
 
Purchase of preferred stock
   
(25,000,000
)
 
-
   
-
 
Issuance of common stock
   
9,000,000
   
-
   
-
 
Settlement with dissenting shareholders
   
(368,410
)
 
-
   
-
 
                     
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
   
41,250,513
   
(1,587,693
)
 
13,630,218
 
                     
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
   
(996,659
)
 
(623,263
)
 
1,034,556
 
                     
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
   
1,630,973
   
2,254,236
   
1,219,680
 
                     
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
$
634,314
 
$
1,630,973
 
$
2,254,236
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
                
Cash paid during the period for interest
 
$
6,827,338
 
$
7,185,324
 
$
5,194,140
 
                     
Supplemental disclosures of noncash activities:
                   
Issuance of note payable to redeem preferred stock
 
$
15,000,000
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
Settlement with dissenting shareholders
   
10,899,882
   
-
   
-
 
Issuance of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock to pay preferred dividends
   
10,519,162
   
-
   
-
 
Assumption of net liabilities of Coconut Palm Acquisition Corporation
   
(2,267,340
)
 
-
   
-
 
Issuance of common stock to pay preferred dividends
   
1,615,781
   
-
   
-
 
Charge to stockholders' equity for prepaid merger costs
   
953,223
   
-
   
-
 
Issuance of common stock to retire debt
   
500,000
   
-
   
-
 
Acquisition of real property through assumption of debt
   
205,347
   
-
   
-
 
Accretion of preferred dividends
   
556,795
   
-
   
-
 
Issuance of common stock as consideration for the purchase of stations
   
-
   
-
   
25,000
 
Receipt of stock in asset exchange
               
4,041,023
 
Exchange of full power television license in St. Louis, MO for three class A low power television licenses located in Atlanta, Seattle and Minneapolis
   
-
         
14,747,000
 

 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
67

EQUITY MEDIA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS
 
Equity Media Holdings Corporation (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on April 29, 2005 as Coconut Palm Acquisition Corp. (“Coconut Palm”) to serve as a vehicle for the acquisition of an operating business through a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition and/or other similar transaction. On March 30, 2007, Coconut Palm merged with Equity Broadcasting Corporation (“EBC”), with Coconut Palm remaining as the legal surviving corporation; however, the financial statements and continued operations are those of EBC as the accounting acquirer (See Note 4 — Merger Transaction). Immediately following the merger, Coconut Palm changed its name to Equity Media Holdings Corporation.
 
The Company, headquartered in Little Rock, Arkansas, owns and operates television stations across the United States. As of December 31, 2007, the Company owned 23 full power/network television stations, 38 Class A television stations and 57 low power television stations. The Company also owns and operates Retro Television Network (“RTN”). RTN provides programming, primarily ratings proven programs from the 60’s, 70’s, 80’s and 90’s, to its affiliates in a fully digital format on an individual market basis that allows the affiliates to also broadcast local news, weather and sporting events to their local audiences, This allows the affiliates to sell local advertising spots to generate revenue. As of December 31, 2007, RTN had 15 third-party affiliates under contract. The Company also owns and operates its proprietary uplink services company known as C.A.S.H. Services. The Central Automated Satellite Hub (“CASH”), system provides the means to delivering a fully automated, 24 hour a day custom satellite feed for not only each RTN affiliate, but all of its owned and operated television stations. CASH also has non-affiliated customers that pay for uplink and related delivery services.
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements also include the results of operations of a radio station operated by the Company pursuant to a local marketing agreement (“LMA”).

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Estimates  – The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates.
 
Principles of Consolidation – The consolidated financial statements of Equity Media Holdings Corp. include the accounts and balances of the Company and its subsidiaries in which a controlling interest is maintained. Controlling interest is determined by majority ownership and the absence of substantive third party participating rights. The Company applies the guidelines set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FSAB”) Interpretation 46R “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No 51” (“FIN 46R”) in assessing its interests in variable interest entities to decided whether to consolidate that entity. Investments over which the Company has a significant interest or ownership of more than 20% but less than 50%, without a controlling interest, are accounted for under the equity method. Investments of 20% or less over which the Company has no significant influence are accounted under the cost method. All inter-company transactions and balances of consolidated entities have been eliminated.
 
Cash equivalents  – The Company considers all cash, money market balances and highly liquid instruments with an original maturity date of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
Revenue recognition – The Company’s primary source of revenue is the sale of television time to advertisers. Revenue is recorded when the advertisements are broadcast. Deferred revenue consists of monies received for advertisements not yet broadcast. The revenues realized from barter arrangements are recorded as the programs are aired and at the estimated fair value of the advertising airtime given in exchange for the program rights.
 
68

 
The revenue recorded by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, RTN, is primarily from the sale of television time to advertisers. RTN contracts with other television broadcasters across the United States to deliver programming content in a digital format to be broadcast on the broadcaster’s digital platform in the local markets in which the broadcasters are located. The agreements between RTN and the broadcasters provide RTN access to a certain portion of the commercial time within the programming for the sale to advertisers by RTN. Specifically, the local affiliate sells advertising time to local advertisers while RTN is able to sell to national and, in some instances, to regional advertisers. The revenue is recognized when the advertisements are broadcast.
 
Additional broadcast revenue includes uplink services to other media companies under contractual arrangements in which revenues are recognized as services are provided pursuant to the respective agreement. The revenue recorded from these uplink services, as provided to other media companies through the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, C.A.S.H. Services, Inc. (“C.A.S.H.”), typically consists of one or more of the following component aspects provided by C.A.S.H. including, but not limited to, access to the Company’s available satellite bandwidth, master control services, access to the Company’s traffic software and services provided by the Company’s traffic personnel. All of these component aspects of the agreement, however, are delivered simultaneously to provide the service of up-linking the client’s television signal. The revenue, as defined in each agreement, is recognized as the collective service is provided, which is when the uplink service occurs, which is typically non-stop, twenty-four hours a day as long as the agreement is in force. Once the service is provided, the Company has no further post-delivery obligation. Each individual agreement is negotiated regarding the components of the uplink service to be provided based upon the cost of those components and the needs of the client. Until September 2005, the Company provided broadcast based services to various third parties, consisting of the production and delivery, via satellite, of local news shows. Broadcast revenue from those services was recognized as the shows were aired, or as uplink services were provided. No such news production services were provided to third parties in 2007 and 2006, due to the fact that the Company fully utilized its news production and delivery capacity for internal purposes and, as such, no revenue was recorded in 2007 and 2006.
 
Accounts receivable – Accounts receivable are recorded at the amounts billed to customers and do not bear interest. The Company reviews customer accounts on a periodic basis and records a reserve for specific amounts that management feels may not be collected. Management deems accounts receivable to be past due based on contractual terms. Amounts are written off at the point when collection attempts have been exhausted. Management uses significant judgment in estimating uncollectible amounts. In estimating uncollectible amounts, management considers factors such as current overall economic conditions, industry-specific economic conditions, historical customer performance and anticipated customer performance. While management believes the Company’s processes effectively address its exposure to doubtful accounts, changes in the economy, industry or specific customer conditions may require adjustment to any allowance recorded by the Company.
 
Program broadcast rights and obligations  – Program rights represent costs incurred for the right to broadcast certain features and syndicated television programs. Program rights are stated at the lower of unamortized cost or estimated realizable value. The cost of such program rights and the corresponding liability are recorded when the initial program becomes available to broadcast under the contract. Generally, program rights are amortized over the life of the contract on a per broadcast usage basis. Any reduction in unamortized costs to fair value is included in amortization of program rights in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Such reductions were negligible for all periods presented. The portion of the cost estimated to be amortized within one year and after one year, is reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as current and noncurrent assets, respectively. The gross payments under these contracts that are due within one year and after one year are similarly classified as current and noncurrent liabilities.
 
Certain program contracts provide that the Company may exchange advertising airtime in lieu of cash payments for the rights to broadcast certain television programs. The average estimated fair value of the advertising time available in each contract program is recorded as both a program right, an asset, and, correspondingly, as deferred barter revenue, a liability. The current and noncurrent portion of each are determined as noted above. As the programs are aired and advertising time used, both program rights and unearned revenue are amortized, correspondingly, based on a per usage basis of the available commercial time, to both program expense and broadcast revenue.
 
69

 
Barter and trade transactions: Revenue and expenses associated with barter agreements in which broadcast time is exchanged for programming rights are recorded at the estimated average rate of the airtime exchanged. Trade transactions, which represent the exchange of advertising time for goods or services, are recorded at the estimated fair value of the products or services received. Barter and trade revenue is recognized when advertisements are broadcast. Merchandise or services received from airtime trade sales are charged to expense or capitalized and expensed when used. Barter revenues and expenses for the year ended December 31 were approximately $5.3 million in 2007, $4.8 million in 2006, and $4.0 million in 2005, respectively. Trade revenues and expenses for the year ended December 31 were approximately $3.1 million in 2007, $3.9 million in 2006, and $3.4 million in 2005, respectively.
 
Property and equipment  – Purchases of property and equipment, including additions and improvements and expenditures for repairs and maintenance that significantly add to productivity or extend the economic lives of assets, are capitalized at cost. Property and equipment includes assets recorded under capital lease obligations. Capital lease amortization expense is included in depreciation expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Management reviews on a continuing basis, the financial statements carrying value of property plant and equipment for impairment. If events or changes in circumstances were to indicate that an asset carrying value may not be recoverable a write-down of the asset would be recorded through a charge to operations.
 
Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Building and improvements
   
7 - 39 years
 
Broadcast equipment
   
5 – 10 years
 
Transportation equipment
   
5 years
 
Furniture and Fixtures
   
5 - 10 years
 
 
Intangible assets and goodwill  – The Company classifies intangible assets as either finite-lived or indefinite-lived. Indefinite-lived intangibles consist of Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) broadcasting licenses and goodwill which are not subject to amortization, but are tested for impairment at least annually.
 
At least annually, the Company performs an impairment test for indefinite-lived intangibles and goodwill using various valuation methods to determine the assets’ fair values. Certain assumptions are used in determining the fair value, including assumptions about the Company’s businesses. Additionally, the fair values are significantly impacted by macro-economic factors including market multiples and long-term interest rates that exist at the time the impairment analysis is performed.
 
Purchase price accounting – The Company determines the fair value of assets acquired in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141 “Business Combinations,” with fair values assigned to equipment and fixed assets based on independent third party appraisals when material, to identifiable intangibles such as broadcasting licenses or permits, and finally to goodwill. Generally, acquisitions involve insignificant amounts of equipment and other fixed assets due to the nature of the Company’s ability to provide many broadcast capabilities on a centralized basis.
 
Broadcasting construction permits  – Broadcasting construction permits represent permits granted by the FCC, that the Company owns or to which the Company has rights. The individual stations associated with these permits are in various stages of development at December 31, 2007 and 2006. The Company reclassifies these permits to broadcasting licenses once they are granted an operating license by the FCC.
 
Security and other deposits  – Security and other deposits include purchase options that have been received from potential buyers of television broadcasting licenses and any related operating assets for which the events required for transferring the broadcasting licenses have not yet been met. These events may include approval from either the FCC or other parties that hold an interest in the broadcasting licenses.
 
70

 
Assets held for sale  – Assets held for sale represent fixed assets and intangible assets, including FCC licenses and goodwill of television stations, which have been acquired and that management intends to divest during the next 12 months at amounts equal to or exceeding the asset carrying values at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
Local marketing agreements – The Company occasionally enters into local marketing agreements (“LMAs”) with stations located in markets in which the Company already owns and operates a station and in connection with acquisitions pending regulatory approval of FCC license transfer. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company makes specified periodic payments to the owner-operator in exchange for the right to program and sell advertising on a specified portion of the station’s inventory of broadcast time. Conversely, the Company will sometimes enter into LMAs for stations it owns and has a desire to sell or otherwise dispose of. The terms of these agreements are similar in that, the Company receives specified periodic payments in exchange for the right by another party to program and sell advertising on the specified station’s inventory of broadcast time. The Company’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 reflect the operating results and certain assets and liabilities associated with both of these types of agreements.
 
Advertising expenses – Advertising expenses are charged to operations in the period incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, including advertising expenses associated with barter transactions, were approximately $307,000, $391,000, and $352,000, respectively.
 
Impairment of long-lived assets – The Company reviews its long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicated that the carrying amount of any asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to fair value, which is determined using quoted market prices or estimates based on the best information available using valuation techniques. Management has obtained an appraisal of all stations and operations which it updates on a regular basis upon which it bases its estimate of fair value. Based on management’s assessment of the impairment indicators during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, certain asset groups were determined to be impaired at December 31, 2006. The impairment resulted from the deterioration in value of certain broadcast equipment which is classified as assets held for sale as of December 31, 2007. This impairment of $200,000 was charged as an operating expense in 2006.
 
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets – The Company periodically reviews, but not less than annually, the carrying value of intangible assets not subject to amortization, including goodwill, to determine whether impairment may exist. SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires that goodwill and certain intangible assets be assessed annually for impairment using fair value measurement techniques. Specifically, goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. The first step of the goodwill impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. The estimates of fair value of a reporting unit, generally the Company’s operating segments, are determined using various valuation techniques. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting units’ goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of that reporting units goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. That is, the fair value of the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid to acquire the reporting unit. Based on this analysis, management determined that no impairment existed at December 31, 2007 or 2006. However, based on management’s analysis at December 31, 2005, there was one asset group in which indefinite-lived intangible assets were determined to be impaired. This impairment resulted from the Company entering into a purchase agreement to sell WBMM in Montgomery for an amount less than the carrying value of the associated assets. The impairment charge of $1,688,721 was determined to be associated with the indefinite-lived intangible asset and charged as an operating expense in 2005. See further discussion at Note 11.a.
 
71

 
Income taxes – The asset and liability method is used in accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement carrying amount of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company’s income tax provision consists of taxes currently payable, if any, and the change during the year of deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 
Fair value of financial instruments – The book values of cash, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable and other financial instruments approximate their fair values principally because of the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt and notes receivable are estimated based on current rates offered to the Company for instruments of similar terms and maturities with similar risk profiles.
 
Stock-based compensation – Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 revised 2004 “Share Based Payments” (“SFAS 123R”). SFAS 123R establishes accounting for stock-based awards exchanged for employee services, using the prospective application transition method. As of January 1, 2006, the Company was a non-public entity, and it used the exemptions provided by SFAS No. 123(R) and continued to account for the options issued prior to adoption of SFAS 123R using the previous methodology applying Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) No. 25 and related interpretations, as permitted under SFAS No. 123. For awards issued or modified after January 1, 2006, the Company uses the fair value method as required under SFAS 123R and described below.
 
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model that uses the following assumptions: expected volatility, expected life of the options, expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate. The Company amortizes the fair value of all awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods. Because Black-Scholes valuation models incorporate ranges of assumptions for inputs, those ranges are disclosed. Until such time as the Company’s common stock and related equity instruments have traded for a sufficient time period, the Company will determine the expected volatility of its common stock based on the weighted average of the historical volatility of the daily closing prices of a composite group of public companies with operations similar to the Company’s as a television broadcaster. The Company uses the “simplified method”, as described in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, to determine the expected term, or life, of the options outstanding. The expected life of the options granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for issues with and equivalent remaining term equal to the expected life of the award. The Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model, consistent with the Company’s recent experience.
 
The exchange of options and change of terms upon consummation of the Merger Transaction was treated for purposes of SFAS 123(R) as a modification of the terms and conditions of the option awards which requires that the Company measure the incremental compensation cost by comparing the fair value of the modified award with the fair value of the award immediately before the modification. Based on a calculation of both the fair value of the original EBC options immediately before the merger and the fair value of the modified options immediately after the merger, it was determined that no incremental value was added due to the modification. Accordingly, there was no additional compensation expense charged to operations as a result of the modification.
 
Net earnings per share: Basic loss per share is based upon net loss available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common stock shares outstanding during the year. Number of shares for periods before March 30, 2007, the Date of the Merger with Coconut Palm, were converted using the corresponding conversion rate as per the merger agreement based on the outstanding number of shares outstanding during the period. See Note – 4 Merger Transactions.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements: In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 160, “ Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“FASB No. 160”) .” The objective of FASB No. 160 is to improve the relevance, comparability, and transparency of the financial information that a reporting entity provides in its consolidated financial statements by establishing accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This Statement applies to all entities that prepare consolidated financial statements, except not-for-profit organizations. FASB No. 160 amends ARB 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It also amends certain of ARB 51’s consolidation procedures for consistency with the requirements of FASB No. 141 (R). This Statement is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. The effective date of this Statement is the same as that of the related Statement 141(R). This Statement shall be applied prospectively as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which this Statement is initially applied, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements. The presentation and disclosure requirements shall be applied retrospectively for all periods presented.
 
72

 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007) “ Business Combinations ” (“FASB No. 141(R)”). FASB No. 141(R) retains the fundamental requirements of the original pronouncement requiring that the purchase method be used for all business combinations. FASB No. 141(R) defines the acquirer as the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination, establishes the acquisition date as the date that the acquirer achieves control and requires the acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest at their fair values as of the acquisition date. FASB No. 141(R) also requires that acquisition-related costs be recognized separately from the acquisition. FASB No. 141(R) is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The impact of adopting SFAS No. 141(R) will be dependent on the future business combinations that the Company may pursue after its effective date, if any.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 159”), which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS No. 159 will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2008. We do not expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 159 will have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plan” (“SFAS No. 158”), which requires employers to fully recognize the obligations associated with single-employer defined benefit pension, retiree healthcare and other postretirement plans in their financial statements. It requires employers to recognize an asset or liability for a plan’s over funded or under funded status, measure a plan’s assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year and recognize in comprehensive income changes in the fund status of the defined benefit postretirement plan in the year in which changes occur. The requirement to recognize the funded status of a benefit plan and the disclosure requirement are effective for fiscal years ending after December 31, 2006. We have adopted the requirements of SFAS No. 158, which has had no impact on our financial position or results of operations.

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”), which applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. SFAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop the assumption that market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier adoption is encouraged provided that the entity has not yet issued financial statements, including interim financial statements, for any period of that fiscal year. The effective date of this statement is the date than an entity adopts the requirements of this statement. Management does not expect this pronouncement to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In June 2006, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), regarding accounting for, and disclosure of, uncertain tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognizing, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.
 
Reclassifications – Certain amounts in the 2006 and 2005 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2007 presentation.
 
73

 
NOTE 3 — LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
The Company currently has a working capital deficit of approximately $58.7 million and has experienced losses from operations since inception. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company had a net loss of approximately $40.8 million and experienced cash outflows from operations during the same period of approximately $30.8 million. In the past, the Company has relied on equity and debt financing and the sale of assets to provide the necessary liquidity for the business to operate and will need to have access to substantial funds over the next twelve months in order to fund its operations. As of December 31, 2007, the Company has approximately $0.6 million of unrestricted cash on hand, and as more fully discussed in Note 13, the Company has access to a working capital line of credit provided to it from certain banking institutions (the “Credit Facility”). However, as of December 31, 2007, an additional $7.9 million, available per the terms of the Credit Facility, was not available due to certain restrictions based on the value of the loan collateral.
 
In February 2008, we refinanced our previous credit facility with our existing lender group. The amended $53.0 million credit facility, comprised of an $8.0 million revolving credit line and term loans of $45.0 million, matures on February 13, 2011, was used to refinance the existing indebtedness senior credit facility. Outstanding principal balance under the credit facility bears interest at LIBOR or the alternate base rate, plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin is 9.5% for the LIBOR loans and 8.5% on the alternate base rate loan. The minimum LIBOR is 4.5%. The alternate base rate is (i) the greatest of (A) the Prime Rate, (B) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus fifty (50) basis points (0.50%), and (C) seven and one-half percent (7.50%) per annum. We are required to pay an unused line fee of .5% on the unused portion of the credit facility. The credit facility is secured by the majority of the assets of the company. We are subject to new financial and operating covenants and restrictions based on trailing monthly and twelve month information. We have borrowed $50,512,500 under the new facility as of March 11, 2008 . Due to certain restrictions based on the value of the loan collateral, the Company does not have access to the remaining $2,487,500 at this time.

On March 20, 2008, the Company entered into an amendment (“Amendment”) to its Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with Silver Point Finance, LLC and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. Under the terms of the Amendment, the lender group has agreed to forbear from exercising certain of their rights and remedies with respect to designated defaults under the Credit Agreement through the earlier of (a) April 18, 2008 and (b) the date of occurrence of certain events or by which certain events have failed to occur, including the Company’s failure to enter into agreements with respect to the sale of certain of its assets and the Company’s failure to secure approvals for, and meet other criteria with respect to, financing alternatives necessary to meet the Company’s immediate capital requirements. Pursuant to the Amendment the Lenders may exercise any and all remedies available under the Credit Agreement, including making the loan immediately due and payable.
 
Even with the refinanced Credit Facility, the additional funds provided by the Amended Credit Facility are not sufficient to meet all of the anticipated liquidity needs to continue operations of the Company for the next twelve months. Accordingly, the Company will have to raise additional capital or increase its debt immediately to continue operations. If the Company is unable to obtain additional funds when they are required or if the funds cannot be obtained on favorable terms, management may be required to liquidate available assets, restructure the company or in the extreme event, cease operations. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.
 
NOTE 4 — MERGER TRANSACTION
 
On March 30, 2007 (the “Merger Closing”), the Company consummated a merger with EBC in which EBC merged with and into the Company, with the Company remaining as the legal surviving corporation (the “Merger Transaction”), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated April 7, 2006, as amended on May 5, 2006 and on September 14, 2006, among the Company, EBC and certain shareholders of EBC (the “Merger Agreement”). Upon the Merger Closing, the Company changed its name to “Equity Media Holdings Corporation.” In connection with the Merger Transaction, the holders of EBC Class A common stock were issued an aggregate of 20,037,016 shares of the Company’s common stock, and the holders of EBC Class B common stock were issued an aggregate of 6,313,848 shares of common stock. The holders of EBC Series A preferred stock were paid $25,000,000 in cash and issued a promissory note in the amount of $15,000,000 in exchange for their shares and were issued an aggregate of 2,050,519 shares of the Company’s Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock reflecting accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of Merger Closing and 314,966 shares of the Company’s common stock.
 
74

 
In connection with the Merger Transaction, on March 29, 2007, the Company’s stockholders (i) adopted the Equity Media Holdings Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan under which the Company reserved up to 12,274,853 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, (ii) adopted the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to (a) increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 50,000,000 shares to 100,000,000 shares, (b) increase the number of authorized shares of preferred stock from 1,000,000 shares to 25,000,000 shares, (c) change the Company’s name from “Coconut Palm Acquisition Corp.” to “Equity Media Holdings Corporation,” and (d) authorize the issuance of approximately 2,050,519 shares of Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock under a Certificate of Designation, (iii) adopted the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to continue to provide for a staggered board with three classes of directors, and (iv) ratified the Management Services Agreement between Royal Palm Capital Management, LLLP and the Company. Additional shares of Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock were authorized for accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of the completion of the merger, increasing the number of authorized shares of Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock from 1,736,746 to 2,050,519.
 
Additionally, the Company issued 3,187,134 options to purchase its common stock, where each outstanding option to purchase EBC Class A common stock was converted into the right to receive options to purchase 1.461988 shares of the Company’s common stock. The fair value of the options at the date of the merger was $4.7 million based on a Black-Scholes valuation on March 30, 2007, the date of the Merger (see Note 18 — Stock Option Plans).
 
Because the former owners of EBC ended up with control of the Company, the Merger Transaction has been accounted for as a recapitalization for accounting and financial reporting purposes. Under this method of accounting, the Company was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. In accordance with guidance applicable to these circumstances, the Merger Transaction is considered to be a capital transaction in substance. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Merger Transaction was treated as the equivalent of EBC issuing stock for the net monetary assets of the Company, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net monetary assets of the Company were recorded at their fair value, essentially equivalent to historical costs, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. The accumulated deficit of EBC has been carried forward after the Merger Closing. Operations prior to the Merger Closing for all periods presented are those of EBC. The costs of the transaction incurred by EBC were charged directly to additional paid in capital and those incurred by the Company were expensed prior to consummation of the transaction.
 
On March 30, 2007, upon consummation of the Merger with EBC, the funds held in trust were distributed as follows:

Repurchase of EBC Series A preferred stock
 
$
25,000,000
 
Pay down Senior Credit Facility Revolver
   
17,450,000
 
Payment to CPAC shareholders electing not to convert their shares
   
10,899,882
 
Settlement of Arkansas Media Management Agreement
   
3,200,000
 
Purchase of three low power television stations from Arkansas Media
   
1,300,000
 
Payment to EBC dissenting shareholders
   
378,380
 
Payment of note payable and accrued interest to Actron, Inc.
   
533,000
 
Available for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate needs.
   
3,858,738
 
   
$
62,620,000
 
 
In connection with and prior to the execution of the Merger Transaction, stockholders representing approximately 1,908,911 shares of the Company’s common stock elected to convert their shares to cash in accordance with the terms of the Company’s governing documents. As result of such conversion, the Company left in deposit with its transfer agent $10,899,882 in cash to satisfy the demands of these shareholders. Following the merger, the transfer agent completed the distribution of such cash in connection with the conversion.
 
75

 
In connection with the Merger Transaction, shareholders of EBC representing 66,500 shares of EBC Class A common stock elected to convert their shares to cash in accordance with Arkansas law. The Company recorded a liability in the amount of $368,410 to convert the shares plus $9,970 of accrued interest based on a conversion rate of $5.54 per share plus interest accruing from the date of the Merger Transaction at the rate of 9.78% per annum. On July 10, 2007, the dissenting shareholders were paid $378,380 in cash for the value of their shares including all interest accrued to date. Pursuant to Arkansas Code, the dissenting shareholders have contested the Company’s valuation of their shares as of the merger date. As per Arkansas Code, the Company has petitioned the Court for a determination of the fair value of the shares and believes that its valuation will prevail (see Note 20 – Commitment and Contingencies).
 
NOTE 5 — ARKANSAS MEDIA SETTLEMENT TRANSACTION
 
Immediately prior to the closing of the Merger Transaction (see Note 4 — Merger Transaction), EBC entered into a settlement agreement, dated April 7, 2006, by and among EBC, Arkansas Media, a related party (see Note 21 — Related Party Transactions), Larry Morton, Gregory Fess and Max Hooper (the “Arkansas Media Settlement Agreement”) which provided for the resolution of the following matters between the parties:
 
 
·
 
The cancellation of a management agreement, dated June 1, 1998, between Arkansas Media and EBC in exchange for the following: (i) payment to Arkansas Media of (a) $3,200,000 in cash, and (b) 640,000 newly issued shares of EBC’s Class A common stock (valued at $4,800,000); and (ii) payment of all accrued management fees and commissions through the closing date of the Merger Transaction. EBC is also required to reimburse Arkansas Media, Morton, Fess and Hooper for all expenses incurred in negotiating and consummating the settlement agreement. In connection with the cancellation of the management agreement, the Company recorded a charge of $8,000,000 to operations in March, 2007.
 
 
·
 
The purchase by EBC from Arkansas Media of one low-power broadcast station in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma and two low-power broadcast stations in Little Rock, Arkansas, for a combined purchase price of $1,300,000;
 
 
·
 
EBC’s payment to Actron, Inc. (a controlling interest in which is owned by Larry Morton and Gregory Fess) of $533,000 in settlement of EBC’s obligations under a Promissory Note to Actron, Inc. dated January 1, 2003, including accrued interest through March 30, 2007. This obligation relates to EBC’s purchase of Central Arkansas Payroll Company in 2003;
 
 
·
 
EBC’s purchase of an office building in Fort Smith, Arkansas from Arkansas Media, which prior to the settlement, the Company leased from Arkansas Media for use as its local sales office. The purchase price was approximately $268,000; and
 
 
·
 
The agreement of Max Hooper and Gregory Fess to resign as directors of Kaleidoscope Foundation, a nonprofit corporation, and a related agreement that Larry Morton may remain as a director of Kaleidoscope Foundation provided his duties do not conflict with those owed to the Company;
 
NOTE 6 — ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
 
Assets held for sale represent fixed assets and intangible assets, including FCC licenses, of television stations, which have been acquired and that management intends to divest within the next 12 months at amounts equal or exceeding the asset carrying values at the respective balance sheet dates.
 
In connection with the merger the Company and Univision Television Group, preferred stock holders, entered into a one year $15.0 million promissory note secured by two television stations located in Utah. In lieu of a cash repayment, the Company filed an application with the FCC on July 26, 2007 to transfer the television stations to Univision Television Group, Inc. in satisfaction of the principal amount of the note. The television station assets include broadcast licenses with book values of $7,884,631 and broadcasting equipment with book values of $481,363, a total of $8,365,994, as of December 31, 2007. Accordingly, these assets are classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2007. These assets were included in assets held for sale as of December 31, 2006 since as part of the Merger Transaction these assets were to be transferred to Univision Television Group, Inc, as payment for their Series A preferred shares. The latter described transfer was exchanged for the $15 million promissory note at the Merger Closing.
 
76

 
In October, 2007, the Company signed a non-binding letter of intent for the sale of certain television stations which include broadcast licenses with book values of $1,052,548 and broadcasting equipment with book values of $102,307, a total of $1,154,855. The Company has these assets classified as additional assets held for sale as of December 31, 2007.
 
Assets held for sale at December 31, 2006, included certain television station assets with net book values of $3,933,793 held for sale under an asset purchase agreement which was terminated in October, 2007. Accordingly, the Company reclassified these assets as held for use and recorded a charge to current operations in the amount of $263,517 for depreciation that would have been recognized during the period they were classified as held for sale.
 
NOTE 7 — ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
The Company entered into an asset purchase agreement (“Agreement”) with Renard Communications Corp. (“Seller”) for the purchase of certain licenses, construction permits and other instruments of authorization (collectively “Licenses,” described below) issued by the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) and certain other assets (together with the Licenses, “Assets”). The Agreement became effective on August 15, 2007 upon approval by the Equity Media’s board of directors and the lender.
 
The Assets include Licenses for Class A television station WMBQ-CA, Channel 46, Manhattan, New York with a corresponding digital authorization for Channel 10 (WMBQ-LD) and WBQM-LP, Channel 3, Brooklyn, New York (collectively, the “Stations”), and related items as specified in the Agreement.
 
The Company will pay an aggregate of $8,000,000 for the Assets, which constitute all the assets used in connection with operating the Stations. In connection with the transaction, the Company deposited $400,000 (“Deposit”), which will be held in escrow pending closing. At the closing, the Company will pay $6,000,000 in immediately available funds, which amount will include the Deposit, and will deliver a secured promissory note (“Note”) for the remaining $2,000,000. The Note will have a three-year term and will accrue interest at 6% per year, requiring monthly interest payments only until the expiration of the term, at which time the principal amount will become due and payable. The Seller will have a security interest, documented by a Security Agreement executed simultaneously with the closing, in the Brooklyn station only. The payment will be increased or decreased such that Seller is entitled to all revenue and is liable for all expenses allocable to the period prior to the closing and the Company is entitled to all revenue and is liable for all expenses allocable to the period following the closing. Seller will assign and the Company will assume certain listed contracts.
 
The closing of the Agreement is subject to conditions, including FCC consent to the assignment of the Licenses. Seller and the Company agree to promptly prepare an application for assignment of the Licenses and to fully prosecute the application, but neither party is required to engage in a trial-type hearing. Each party will bear its own costs, and the filing fees shall be split evenly. The closing will occur between five business days after the FCC grants consent and ten business days after the grant becomes a final order.
 
The Agreement may be terminated by either party if the closing has not occurred by June 1, 2008; the conditions of the other party have not been met as of the closing date; or the other party is in breach.
 
NOTE 8 — CASH RESTRICTED FOR ACQUISITION OF BROADCAST ASSETS
 
The Company had set aside $4.2 million in cash which was restricted for the acquisition of broadcast assets. These funds were intended for payment of the assets being acquired pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement described in Note 7 — Asset Purchase Agreement. With lender approval, the Company has used these funds for other purposes subsequent to year end.
 
77

 
NOTE 9 — ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS  

The Company’s significant transactions for the year ended December 31, 2007 were as follow:

On March 15, 2007, the Company sold a broadcast tower and associated real property in central Arkansas for $625,000 cash.

The Company’s significant transactions for the year ended December 31, 2006 were as follows:

On May 5, 2006, the Company sold a low power television station in central Arkansas for $125,000 cash.

On May 15, 2006, the Company finalized the sale of two low power television stations located in Boise and Pocatello, Idaho, respectively, for $1,000,000 cash. The APA had been executed on December 7, 2005, but the transaction had not closed prior to December 31, 2005, pending FCC approval.

On May 31, 2006, the Company finalized the sale of a full power television station in Casper, Wyoming with the receipt of $250,000 in cash from the buyer. The APA had been executed on August 14, 2004, and as of December 31, 2005, the Company had received $950,000 cash from the buyer toward the purchase price.

On July 3, 2006, the Company exchanged a low power television construction permit in Sherman, Texas for a low power television license located in Ft. Pierce, Florida. No cash or other consideration was included and no assets other than the permit and the license were involved.

On July 26, 2006, the Company finalized the sale of a full power television station in Montgomery, Alabama for $2,000,000 in cash. The APA had been executed on November 23, 2005, but the transaction had not closed prior to December 31, 2005, pending FCC approval.

On August 14, 2006, the Company finalized the sale of an interest in a full power television construction permit in Hawaii with the receipt of $122,000. The APA had been executed on November 4, 2004, and as of December 31, 2005, the Company had received $278,000 in cash from the buyer toward the purchase price.

On October 4, 2006, the Company sold certain real property associated with a full power television station in southwest Missouri for $615,000 in cash.

On November 1, 2006, the Company finalized the sale of one full power television station and one low power television station for $19,300,000 cash. The APA had been executed December 7, 2005, but the transaction had not closed prior to December 31, 2005, pending FCC approval.

On November 7, 2006, the Company purchased a low power television station in Grand Rapids, Michigan for $350,000 cash.

On November 7, 2006, the Company purchased a low power television station permit in Sommerville, Texas for $370,000 cash.

On November 13, 2006, the Company purchased a low power television station in Nashville, Tennessee for $525,000 cash.

On November 17, 2006, the Company purchased a low power television station in Waco, Texas for $390,000 cash.

On November 30, 2006, the Company purchased two low power television stations located in southwest Florida for $1,000,000. The Company paid $700,000 cash and executed a $300,000 promissory note bearing interest at an annual rate of 6% and due in 2007.

On December 15, 2006, the Company purchased a low power television station in Jacksonville, Florida for $800,000 cash.

On December 31, 2006, the Company purchased a low power television station in Lexington, Kentucky for $500,000. A $500,000 non-interest bearing promissory note was executed as payment. The note is due and payable in June 2007.
 
78

 
The Company’s significant transactions for the year ended December 31, 2005 were as follows:

On January 3, 2005, the Company acquired one Class A and two low power television stations located in Southwest Florida for $900,000. Of the purchase price, $800,000 was paid in 2004. The balance was paid in 2005. The Asset Purchase Agreement had been entered into on July 8, 2004, subject to FCC approval.

On April 2, 2005, the Company agreed to be bound by an Investment and Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) entered into between Spinner Network Systems, LLC (“SNS”) and Spinner Investment Partners, LLC (“SIP”). Subsequent to the Agreement the Company and other members of SNS entered into an Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of SNS, whereby the Company converted its ownership of SNS into Class B Units representing a 20% ownership of the capital of SNS. In addition, the Company holds approximately an additional 13% interest through its membership in SIP’s Class A Units. Through the Agreement SIP has subscribed for up to $1,550,000 of class A Units representing up to a 65% ownership of SNS. Through private offerings SIP has raised $1,370,000 towards that goal.

On May 25, 2005, the Company acquired a group of low power television licenses and construction permits located in Vermont and the surrounding area for $825,000. The Company paid $800,000 in cash toward the purchase price. In addition, the Company issued 2,500 shares of Class A common stock to the seller. The shares were issued out of shares held in treasury. The asset purchase agreement had been entered into on February 5, 2003, subject to FCC approval.

On May 13, 2005, the Company sold a low power television station located in south central California for $30,000.

On June 24, 2005, the Company sold a full power television station and a low power television station both located in the St. Louis, Missouri area for $10,000,000 in cash. The Company received $5,000,000 in 2004 and the balance in 2005. In addition to the cash, the Company received from the buyer three Class A low power television stations located in Atlanta, Seattle and Minneapolis.

On August 1, 2005, the Company purchased a low power television station in Amarillo Texas for $201,000 cash.

On September 1, 2005, the Company entered into a binding letter agreement to exchange certain assets located in Davenport Iowa and other consideration for 100,000 shares of Equity Broadcasting Corporation Class A common stock. The assets included both tangible and intangible assets, such as equipment, furniture, vehicles, the Independent News Network, Inc. (“INN”) name and trademark and various contracts. Coincidental with the agreement the Company moved the production of its Spanish language newscasts from the facilities in Davenport to the corporate headquarters in Little Rock, Arkansas. Various on-air and production personnel relocated from Davenport to Little Rock. As a result of this transaction, approximately $2,700,000 in goodwill was disposed of in the non-cash exchange while $200,000 was retained on the Company’s books.

On November 23, 2005, the Company entered into an APA to sell a full power television station in Montgomery, Alabama, for $2,000,000 cash. The buyer paid $200,000 of the cash price at the date the agreement was entered into. The funds were paid to an independent escrow agent and are to be released to the Company at closing. As of December 31, 2005, this transaction had not closed pending FCC approval.
 
On December 7, 2005, the Company entered into an APA to sell one full power and three low power television stations for $20,300,000 cash. The buyer paid $1,000,000 of the cash price at the date the agreement was entered into. The funds were paid to an independent escrow agent and are to be released at closing according to the agreement. As of December 31, 2005, this transaction had not closed pending FCC approval.
 
79

 
NOTE 10 — OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
 
At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, other income (expense) consists of the following:

   
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
               
Other income
 
$
796,990
 
$
506,907
 
$
521,488
 
Rental Income
   
69,602
   
291,588
   
288,419
 
Litigation Settlement
   
-
   
275,000
   
1,000,000
 
Other expense
   
-
   
-
   
(700.000
)
                     
   
$
866,592
 
$
1,073,495
 
$
1,109,907
 
 
The nature of the other income (expense) categories is as follows:

a.   Litigation settlement   The Company was awarded this amount in an arbitration settlement in their litigation with the PAX Network. These amounts represent the final settlement payments.

b.   Rental income The Company receives rental income, primarily from space leased-out in the corporate office building from a non-affiliate tenant. This tenant vacated in January 2007. The Company now uses this space for corporate purposes.
 
NOTE 11 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but are subject to annual impairment tests in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Other intangible assets continue to be amortized over their useful lives.

a.   Indefinite-lived intangibles – Under the guidance in SFAS No. 142, the Company’s broadcasting licenses are considered indefinite-lived intangibles. These assets are not subject to amortization, but will be tested for impairment at least annually.

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company tests these indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually by comparing their fair value to their carrying value. The Company used a fair market value appraisal to value broadcasting licenses, as well as a review of recent broadcasting license transactions from independent third parties. Based on this analysis, management determined that no impairment existed at December 31, 2007 or 2006. However, based on management’s analysis at December 31, 2005, there was one asset group which was determined to be impaired. This impairment resulted from the Company entering into a purchase agreement to sell WBMM in Montgomery for an amount less than the carrying value of the associated assets. This impairment of $1,688,721 was recorded as a reduction in broadcasting licenses on the accompanying December 31, 2005 consolidated balance sheet and charged as an operating expense in 2005. The asset group was disposed of in 2006 (See Note 9 – Acquisitions And Dispositions).

b.   Goodwill – SFAS No. 142 requires the Company to test goodwill for impairment using a two-step process. The first step is a screen for potential impairment, while the second step measures the amount, if any, of the impairment. The Company completed the first step of the impairment test during the year with no impairment noted.

Goodwill activity for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was as follows:

Balance 
December 31, 2006
 
Increases
 
Decreases
 
Balance 
December 31, 2007
 
               
$             1,940,282
   
-
   
-
 
$
1,940,282
 
 
Balance
December 31, 2005
 
Increases
 
Decreases
 
Balance 
December 31, 2006
 
               
$             1,935,717
   
4,565
   
-
 
$
1,940,282
 

80

 
The increased activity in 2006 relates primarily to the Company’s purchase of the minority interests previously held by certain shareholders of a subsidiary of the Company, H & H Properties.
 
NOTE 12 — INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURES
 
At December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, Investment in Joint Ventures consists of the following:
 
 
 
December 31, 2007
 
   December 31, 2006
 
 
 
Ownership
Percentage
 
Balance
 
   Ownership
Percentage
 
Balance
 
Little Rock TV 14, LLC
   
50.0
$
28,406
   
50.0
%
$
23,282
 
Spinner Network Systems, LLC
   
**
   
407,454
   
33.0
%
 
658,323
 
                       
         
$
435,860
       
$
681,605
 
 

**
– A reorganization of Spinner Network Systems, LLC resulted in the reduction of the Company’s ownership percentage in Spinner from 33% at December 31, 2006 to 4% at December 31, 2007. Because the Company owns less than a 20% interest and exerts no influence over management or the operations of Spinner, the Company has changed from the equity method to the cost method to account for its investment in Spinner Network Systems, LLC. Under the cost method of accounting for investments, the Company will no longer record its proportionate share of Spinner income or loss, but will instead periodically evaluate the fair value of its investment in Spinner and adjust the carrying amount accordingly. During the year December 31, 2007, the Company adjusted the carrying value of its investment in Spinner by $198,368 to reflect the fair value of its investment. This loss in value is included in losses from affiliates and joint ventures in the consolidated statement of operations.
 
NOTE 13 — NOTES PAYABLE

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 consisted of the following:

 
 
2007
 
2006
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
Senior Credit Facility
 
$
50,317
 
$
46,265
 
Merger Related Party - Univision
   
15,000
   
-
 
Installment Notes and other debt
   
10,913
   
11,636
 
Line of Credit
   
994
   
-
 
Capital Lease Obligations
   
186
   
61
 
 
             
Total Debt
 
$
77,410
 
$
57,962
 
Less: Current maturities
   
(68,272
)
 
(3,970
)
 
             
Long-term debt
 
$
9,138
 
$
53,992
 
 
81


Senior Credit Facility

The Company is party to a Senior Credit Facility with financial institutions and other lenders, which provides for secured revolving and term loan facilities in varying amounts at variable interest rates, maturing in June 2010. As of December 31, 2007, the Company has borrowings under the Credit Facility in the aggregate amount of $50.32 million and interest rates ranging from 12.5% to 15.8%. Also, as of December 31, 2007, the revolver component of the Credit Facility was fully drawn. However, an additional $7.9 million is available per the terms of the Credit Facility but was unavailable to borrow at December 31, 2007, due to certain collateral restrictions. The credit facility is secured by the majority of the assets of the Company. As noted below, the entire facility was refinanced in February 2008.

On February 13, 2008, the Company and its lenders entered into the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in which the Company refinanced its previous credit facility. The amended $53.0 million credit facility, comprised of an $8.0 million revolving credit line and term loans of $45.0 million, matures on February 13, 2011, was used to refinance the existing indebtedness senior credit facility. Outstanding principal balance under the credit facility bears interest at LIBOR or the alternate base rate, plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin is 9.5% for the LIBOR loans and 8.5% on the alternate base rate loan. The minimum LIBOR is 4.5%. The alternate base rate is (i) the greatest of (A) the Prime Rate, (B) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus fifty (50) basis points (0.50%), and (C) seven and one-half percent (7.50%) per annum. We are required to pay an unused line fee of .5% on the unused portion of the credit facility. The credit facility is secured by the majority of the assets of the company. We are subject to new financial and operating covenants and restrictions based on trailing monthly and twelve month information. We have borrowed $50,512,500 under the new facility as of March 11, 2008 . Due to certain restrictions based on the value of the loan collateral, the Company does not have access to the remaining $2,487,500 at this time.
 
On March 20, 2008, the Company entered into an amendment to its third amended and restated credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with Silver Point Finance, LLC and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. Under the terms of the Amendment, the lender group has agreed to forbear from exercising certain of their rights and remedies with respect to designated defaults under the Credit Agreement through the earlier of (a) April 18, 2008 and (b) the date of occurrence of certain events or by which certain events have failed to occur, including the Company’s failure to enter into agreements with respect to the sale of certain of its assets and the Company’s failure to secure approvals for, and meet other criteria with respect to, financing alternatives necessary to meet the Company’s immediate capital requirements. Pursuant to the Amendment the Lenders may exercise any and all remedies available under the Credit Agreement, including making the loan immediately due and payable.
 
Merger Related - Univision
 
Pursuant to the Merger Transaction, the Company issued a promissory note to Univision Television Group, Inc. as partial consideration for the exchange of their shares of EBC Series A preferred stock (see Note 4 — Merger Transaction). This promissory note in the amount of $15.0 million is payable in one year and bears interest of 7.0%. The promissory note is secured by two television stations, originally sought to be transferred under an asset purchase agreement entered into for the same purpose.
 
Installment notes and other
 
We have installment and other indebtedness due to financial institutions and various other lenders with a combined outstanding balance of $10.9 million as of December 31, 2007. The various indebtedness has terms which expire through 2012 with a weighted average interest rate of 8.86% in 2007 and 8.09% in 2006.
 
Short Term Borrowings

The Company’s total amounts outstanding under short term borrowings were $15,994,495 and $0 at December 31, 2007 and 2006 respectively. Weighted average rates on all short term borrowings were 7.08% in 2007 and 7.5% in 2006.
 
82


Line of Credit

At December 31, 2007, the Company had a $1.0 million line of credit with an Arkansas bank, with interest payable monthly at 8.25%, originally due in January 2008 and extended until April 2008 and secured by various broadcast assets and Company guarantees. The outstanding balance at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $994,495 and $0, respectively.

Capital Lease Obligations

We have capitalized the future minimum lease payments of equipment under leases that qualify as capital leases. We had capital lease obligations of approximately $0.2 million as of December 31, 2007. The capital leases have terms which expire at various dates through 2012.

Aggregate Maturities of Total Debt

Approximate aggregate annual maturities of total debt (including capital lease obligations) are as follows (in thousands):
 
2008
 
$
68,272
 
2009
   
392
 
2010
   
7,073
 
2011
   
1,639
 
2012
   
34
 
Thereafter
   
-
 
 
       
Total
 
$
77,410
 

Debt Covenants and Restrictions
 
        The Company's debt obligations contain certain financial and other covenants and restrictions on the Company. None of these covenants or restrictions includes any triggers explicitly tied to the Company's credit ratings or stock price. Prior to the amendment and restatement of the credit facility in February 2008, the Company was subject to certain financial covenants, including among others, that the Company meet minimum revenue and EBITDA levels. At December 31, 2007, the Company was not in compliance with these covenants. However, after the amendment and restatement of the credit facility, the Company’s previous events of default were waived and eliminated. Furthermore, pursuant to the March 20, 2008 Amendment to the Credit Agreement, the lender group has agreed to forbear from exercising certain of their rights and remedies with respect to designated defaults under the Credit Agreement through the earlier of (a) April 18, 2008 and (b) the date of occurrence of certain events or by which certain events have failed to occur, including the Company’s failure to enter into agreements with respect to the sale of certain of its assets and the Company’s failure to secure approvals for, and meet other criteria with respect to, financing alternatives necessary to meet the Company’s immediate capital requirements. Pursuant to the Amendment the Lenders may exercise any and all remedies available under the Credit Agreement, including making the loan immediately due and payable.

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company is not involved in any derivative financial instruments. However, we may consider certain interest rate risk strategies in the future such as interest rate swap arrangements or debt-for-debt exchanges.
 
83


Interest Expense

Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
               
Interest on borrowings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Credit Facility
 
$
6,489
 
$
6,756
 
$
4,326
 
Related Party - Univision
   
788
   
-
   
-
 
Installment notes and other debt
   
703
   
718
   
778
 
Mortgage Debt
   
113
   
114
   
125
 
Capital lease obligations
   
5
   
4
   
4
 
                     
Total interest expense
 
$
8,098
 
$
7,592
 
$
5,233
 
 
NOTE 14 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Private Placement
 
On June 21, 2007, the Company entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement with certain insiders and institutional investors (each a “Buyer” and collectively, the “Buyers”) in connection with a $9,000,000 private placement (the “Private Placement”) of an aggregate of 1,406,250 units (the “Units”), each Unit consisting of one share of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and two warrants, each warrant exercisable for one share of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share (the “Warrants”). The purchase price of each Unit was $6.40. The Private Placement closed on June 21, 2007 (the “Private Placement Closing Date”).
 
Each Warrant issued at the closing of the Private Placement may be exercised any time on or after the Private Placement Closing date and on or prior to the close of business on September 7, 2009 (the “Termination Date”). The number of shares issuable upon exercise of each Warrant and the exercise price thereof is subject to adjustment from time to time in the event of stock dividends, stock subdivisions, stock splits and stock combinations. The Warrants can be redeemed at the Company’s option at a redemption price equal to $0.01 per Warrant provided that the last sales price of the Company’s common stock has been at least $8.50 per share on each of twenty trading days within any 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which the Company gives notice of redemption.
 
The Units and Warrants were offered and sold only to institutional and accredited investors in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Units and Warrants sold in the Private Placement have not been registered under the Securities Act or state securities laws and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements. The Company agreed that if at any time during the two year period commencing the Private Placement Closing Date it proposes to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to an offering of equity securities or securities exercisable or convertible into equity securities, the Company will give piggyback registration rights to the Buyers on such number of registrable shares as the Buyer may request.
 
The net proceeds from the Private Placement, following the payment of offering-related expenses, will be used by the Company to fund acquisitions and for general corporate purposes.
 
Shares Issued to Retire Debt
 
On August 21, 2007, the Company exercised its option, under the terms of a $500,000 note payable, to retire the note with the issuance of 115,473 shares of common stock in lieu of a cash payment. This note was previously issued in connection with the purchase of certain television stations.
 
Merger Transaction and Recapitalization
 
In connection with the Merger Transaction (see Note 4 — Merger Transaction), on March 29, 2007, the stockholders of the Company approved a proposal to amend and restate the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. Upon approval, the Company (i) increased the number of authorized shares of common stock from 50,000,000 shares to 100,000,000 shares, (ii) increased the number of authorized shares of preferred stock from 1,000,000 to 25,000,000, (iii) changed the Company’s name from “Coconut Palm Acquisition Corp.” to “Equity Media Holdings Corporation”, and (iv) authorized the issuance of approximately 2,050,519 shares of the Company Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock, pursuant to the Certificate of Designation. Additional shares of Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock were authorized for accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of the completion of the merger, increasing the number of authorized shares of Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock from 1,736,746 to 2,050,519.
 
84

 
As a result of the Merger Transaction, the Company acquired 1,908,911 shares from stockholders who opted to convert their stock to cash and issued 26,665,830 shares to the shareholders of EBC in exchange for their shares and other consideration.
 
Initial Public Offering
 
On September 14, 2005, the Company sold 10,000,000 units (“Units”) in an initial public offering (the “Offering”), and, on September 19, 2005, sold an additional 1,500,000 Units pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one share of the Company’s common stock and two warrants (“Warrants”). Each Warrant entitles the holder to purchase from the Company one share of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 commencing after the completion of the Merger Transaction. The Warrants will expire on September 7, 2009. The Warrants may be redeemed, at the Company’s option, with the prior consent of Morgan Joseph and Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc., the representatives of the underwriters in the Offering (the “Representatives”) in whole and not part, at a price of $.01 per Warrant upon 30 days notice after the Warrants become exercisable, only in the event that the last sale price of the common stock is at least $8.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given.
 
In connection with the Offering, the Company also issued for $100 an option to the Representatives to purchase up to a total of 1,000,000 units at a price of $7.50 per unit. The units issuable upon the exercise of this underwriters’ unit purchase option are identical to those offered in the prospectus of the Offering, except that the exercise price of the warrants included in the underwriters’ unit purchase option is $6.00. This option is exercisable commencing upon the closing of the Merger Transaction, expires five years from the date of the Offering, and may be exercised on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option. The underwriters’ unit purchase option provides for demand and “piggy back” registration rights.
 
The underwriters’ unit purchase option and the Warrants (including the warrants underlying the underwriters’ unit purchase option) will be exercisable only if at the time of exercise a current registration statement covering the underlying securities is effective or, in the opinion of counsel, not required, and if the securities are qualified for sale or exempt from qualification under the applicable state securities laws of the exercising holder. The Company has agreed to use its best efforts to maintain an effective registration statement during the exercise period of the unit purchase option and the Warrants; however, it may be unable to do so. Holders of the unit purchase option and the Warrants are not entitled to receive a net cash settlement or other settlement in lieu of physical settlement if the common stock underlying the Warrants, or securities underlying the unit purchase option, as applicable, are not covered by an effective registration statement and a current prospectus. Accordingly, the unit purchase option and the Warrants may expire unexercised and worthless if a current registration statement covering the common stock is not effective and the prospectus covering the common stock is not current. Consequently, a purchaser of a unit may pay the full unit price solely for the shares of common stock of the unit.
 
85

 
NOTE 15 — MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE SERIES A CONVERTIBLE NON-VOTING PREFERRED STOCK
 
In connection with the Merger Transaction, the Company issued 2,050,519 shares of the Company’s Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred”) to a certain holder of EBC Series A preferred stock, in exchange for accrued and unpaid dividends up to the Merger Closing date. The Series A Preferred ranks senior to all outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock. The Series A Preferred accrues compounded dividends at the rate of 7% per annum of the original issue price whether or not the Company declares a dividend payable. In addition, if the Company declares a dividend on its common stock at any time, the holders of Series A Preferred automatically participate on an “as if” converted to common stock basis with the common shareholders.
 
The Series A Preferred contain liquidation provisions that rank senior to any and all claims of the common stockholders, such that upon the involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series A Preferred would be entitled to receive a liquidation amount equal to the amount of the original issue price plus accrued dividends. A change of control of the Company is also deemed to be an event equivalent to a liquidation, dissolution or winding up event under the terms of the Certificate of Designation for the Series A Preferred.
 
The holders of Series A Preferred may convert their shares at any time into shares of the common stock of the Company on a one-for-one basis. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment such that if the Company were to issue any share of common stock, except for (a) issuances pursuant to the exercise of any preferred stock, (b) issuances subject to a compensation plan for employees, directors, consultants or others approved by the board of directors or majority holders of the common stock of the Company, (c) stock issued pursuant to a declared dividend, stock split or recapitalization, (d) stock issued to sellers of companies acquired pursuant to board approval, (e) stock issued to banking institutions as compensation for financing received and (f) stock issued from the treasury of the Company, or any instrument convertible or exercisable into common stock of the Company at a rate which if added to the consideration per share of common stock received for any such purchase right is less than the current rate, the conversion rate automatically adjusts to that lower rate. At any time after five years after issuance, the Company may elect to redeem shares of Series A Preferred in cash. In addition, after five years after issuance and upon a majority of the holders of Series A Preferred voting to redeem their shares, the holders of Series A Preferred may require the Company to redeem their Series A Preferred for cash. The redemption price is equal to the original price of the Series A Preferred plus all accrued Dividends as of the date of redemption.
 
In connection with the Private Placement, the Board of Directors determined that the fair value of the common stock component of the June 2007 Unit Offering (see note 15 – Stockholders’ Equity) was greater than the issue prices of the Series A Convertible Non- Voting Preferred Stock of $5.13 per share. Additionally, the fair value of the warrants component combined with the exercise price was determined to be greater than the original issue price of $5.13 for the Series A preferred. Accordingly, the conversion price of the Series A Non-Voting Preferred Stock was not reset in accordance with the provisions of EITF 98-5 “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios” and EITF 00-27 “Application of EITF 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments”.
 
In connection with the issuance of common stock to retire debt, the Board of Directors determined that the fair value of the stock issued had no effect on the Series A Convertible Non-voting Preferred Stock because it falls under the exception for stock issued to sellers of companies acquired pursuant to board approval. Accordingly, the conversion price of the Series A Non-Voting Preferred Stock was not reset in accordance with the provisions of EITF 98-5 “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios” and EITF 00-27 “Application of EITF 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments”.
 
The Company evaluated the embedded conversion feature in the Series A Preferred and determined it did not meet the criteria for bifurcation under SFAS No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007. In addition, the Company accounts for the Series A Preferred in accordance with SEC Accounting Series Release 268 — Presentation in Financial Statements of Redeemable Preferred Stocks” and EITF D-98: “Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities,” and thus has classified the Series A Preferred outside of stockholders’ equity.
 
The Company believes that it is not probable that the holders of the Series A Preferred would currently elect to convert their shares to common stock because the current trading price of the Company’s common stock is lower than the conversion price. Therefore and under the guidance of EITF D-98, the carrying value of the Series A Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2007 is its original issue amount and does not include any accreted dividends or any other adjustment.
 
86

 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company accreted dividends in the amount of $556,795. As of December 31, 2007 dividends payable to the Series A Preferred shareholders are $556,795 and included in other non current liabilities.
 
Univision Registration Rights
 
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Company has granted to Univision certain “piggy back” registration rights at any time during the two year period following the Merger Closing. The Company shall provide Univision with written notice thereof at least fifteen days prior to the filing, and Univision shall provide written notice of the number of its registrable shares to be included in the registration statement within fifteen days of its receipt of the Company’s notice.
 
NOTE 16 — SHARES HELD IN ESCROW
 
At the closing of the Merger Transaction, the Company deposited 2,100,003 shares of its Common Stock with a trust company (the “Escrow”), with each shareholder of EBC funding that portion thereof equal to such shareholder’s ownership of EBC Common Stock relative to the other shareholders contributing to the Escrow. The Escrow has been established for the benefit of the Company solely to satisfy any indemnification obligation of EBC arising pursuant to the Merger Agreement. The term of the Escrow is twelve (12) months from the date of closing of the Merger Transaction. On March 28, 2008, the Company filed a Notice of Indemnification Claim with the Escrow Agent.
 
NOTE 17 — STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
 
On March 29, 2007, the shareholders of the Company approved the adoption of the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), which governs stock-based awards up to an aggregate of 12,274,853 shares of the Company’s common stock, including (i) 3,274,853 shares converted from existing EBC options assumed in the Merger Transaction (only 3,187,138 as of the date of the Merger Transaction), (ii) 2,000,000 and 250,000 shares underlying options issuable to Larry Morton and Gregory Fess, respectively, under employment agreements entered in connection with the Merger Transaction, and (iii) 6,750,000 shares reserved for future grants. The purpose of the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan is to enable the Company to attract, retain, reward and motivate officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates by providing them with an opportunity to acquire or increase a propriety interest in the Company. The 2007 Stock Incentive Plan became effective upon the closing of the Merger Transaction and is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
Prior to the Closing of the Merger, EBC had two stock option plans: the 2001 Equity Participation Plan (which was established on April 16, 2001) and the 2001 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (which was established on November 15, 2001). As of March 30, 2007, the date of the Merger, 2,180,000 options were outstanding under these plans. In connection with the Merger Transaction, these options were converted to 3,187,134 options to purchase shares of the Company under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan as described herein. The 2007 Stock Incentive Plan superseded these plans.
 
As of December 31, 2007, all stock options awarded under the Incentive Plan were granted with exercise prices equal to the market price of the underlying stock as of the date of grant. Under the Incentive Plan options are exercisable after the period or periods specified in the applicable option agreement, but no option can be exercised after 10 years after the date of the grant, and all awards in 2007 expire no later than seven years after the date of the grant.
 
87

 
The following weighted-average assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value options granted during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:

   
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
Expected life of options (in years)
   
4.39
   
N/A
   
10.00
 
Expected volatility
   
34.4
%
 
N/A
   
32.2
%
Expected risk free interest rate
   
4.54
%
 
N/A
   
4.30
%
Expected dividend yield
   
0.0
%
 
N/A
   
0.0
%
 
A summary of option activity under the Incentive Plan is as follows:
 
   
Options
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Term
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2007
   
3,187,138
 
$
4.82
             
Granted
   
3,800,000
   
4.30
             
Forfeited
   
(21,930
)
 
5.09
             
Exercised
   
0
   
N/A
             
Expired
   
0
   
N/A
   
 
   
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
   
6,965,208
 
$
4.53
 
$
0
   
5.47
 
Exercisable at December 31, 2007
   
3,907,898
 
$
4.72
 
$
0
   
4.77
 
 
Stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $2.0 million as compared to $0 in 2006 and 2005. The total deferred tax benefit related thereto was $0 for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $0 during the same period in 2006 and 2005. As of December 31, 2007, there was $3.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation awards granted under the Incentive Plan, which does not include the effect of future grants of equity compensation, if any. Of the total $3.8 million, we expect to recognize approximately 37.1% in 2008 and the balance in 2009 through 2012. The weighted average period over which the $3.8 million is to be recognized is 2.90 years. The weighted-average grant date fair value was $1.5268 for options granted during 2007.
 
Under SFAS No. 123(R), options are valued at their date of grant and then expensed over their vesting period. The values of the Company’s options were calculated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, was $0 each year. The total fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $1.1 million, $0 and $0, respectively. The total number of options vesting during the years ending December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 750,000, 0 and 0, respectively.
 
NOTE 18 — INCOME TAXES
 
The Company records deferred income taxes under applicable tax laws using rates for the years in which the taxes are expected to be paid. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax consequences on future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets may not be realized. The Company did not record an income tax provision for all periods presented due to its expected benefits from net operating losses being completely offset by valuation allowances.
 
The Company records deferred income taxes using enacted tax laws and rates for the years in which the taxes are expected to be paid. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax consequences on future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets may not be realized.
 
88

 
Income taxes are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as follows:
 
   
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
Deferred Tax Provision (benefit)
  $
(12,808,779
)
$
(1,222,868
)
 
(4,220,289
)
Change in Valuation Allowance
   
12,808,779
 
 
1,222,868
   
4,220,289
 
                     
    $    
$
-
 
$
-
 
 
A reconciliation between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate and the Company’s income tax rates is as follows:
 
   
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
               
Federal income taxes at statutory rate
  $
(13,418,424
)
$
(1,097,557
)
$
(4,323,922
)
Sate income taxes net of federal tax benefit
   
-
   
(138,486
)
 
(545,577
)
Change in valuation allowance
   
12,808,779
   
1,222,868
   
4,220,289
 
Other
   
609,645
   
13,175
   
649,210
 
                     
 
        $ -  
$
-
 
 
Components of the net deferred income tax asset (liability) at December 31, 2007 and 2006 relate to the following:
 
   
2007
 
2006
 
           
Deferred Income Taxes
             
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $
47,545,803
 
$
30,114,236
 
Allowance for uncollectible accounts
   
568,961
   
590,475
 
Other
   
4,364
   
1,556
 
     
48,119,128
   
30,706,267
 
Less valuation allowance
   
(37,366,846
)
 
(24,558,067
)
     
10,752,282
   
6,148,200
 
Deferred income tax liabilities
             
Depreciation and amortization
   
(10,752,282
)
 
(6,148,200
)
               
Net deferred income taxes
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes, which are estimated to be approximately $124.1 million and which expire from tax years 2018 to 2026. The actual amount of net operating losses will be determined at the time the Company’s tax returns are filed. The Company made no payments for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

The Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” effective January 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the consolidated financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company had no significant unrecognized tax benefits at the date of adoption or at December 31, 2007. Accordingly, the Company does not have any interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions. However, if interest or penalties were to be incurred related to uncertain tax positions, such amounts would be recognized in income tax expense. Tax periods for all years after 2003 remain open to examination by the federal and state taxing jurisdictions to which it is subject.
 
89

 
NOTE 19 — COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Stock options to underwriters
 
In connection with the initial public offering (“Offering”), the Company sold to the Representatives an option, for $100, to purchase up to a total of 1,000,000 units at $7.50 per Unit. The Company accounted for the fair value of the option, inclusive of the receipt of the $100 cash payment, as an expense of the Offering resulting in an increase and a charge directly to stockholders’ equity. The option has been valued at the date of issuance at $780,000 based upon a Black-Scholes valuation model, using an expected life of five years, volatility of 15.90% and a risk-free interest rate of 3.980%. The volatility calculation is based on the 180-day volatility of the Russell 2000 Index. An expected life of five years was taken into account for purposes of assigning a fair value to the option. The option may be exercised for cash, or on a “cashless” basis, at the holder’s option, such that the holder may receive a net amount of shares equal to the appreciated value of the option. The Units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to the Units in the Offering, except that the Warrants included in the option have an exercise price of $6.00. Although the purchase option and its underlying securities have been registered under the Offering, the option grants to holders demand and “piggy back” registration rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from the date of the Offering with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the option. The Company will bear all fees and expenses relating to the registration of the securities, other than underwriting commissions which will be paid for by the holders themselves. The exercise price and number of units issuable upon exercise of the option may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the option will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below its exercise price.
 
Employment Agreements
 
Effective on the date of the Merger Transaction, the Company entered into employment agreements with Larry Morton and Gregory Fess. The term of the employment under the respective agreements for each individual is three years and provides for: a base salary of $520,000 and $315,000, respectively, to be reviewed annually, a bonus compensation amount to be determined at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors and stock options including initial grants of 2,000,000 and 250,000 options, respectively. The options, approved and granted by the Compensation Committee on May 9, 2007, have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the stock in accordance with the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan ($4.30) and vest in four equal installments commencing March 30, 2007 the date of the signing of the employment agreements, and on each anniversary thereafter. The options are exercisable for a minimum of 5 years.
 
Litigation
 
In connection with the merger between Equity Broadcasting Corporation ("EBC") and the Company, EBC and each member of EBC’s board of directors was named in a lawsuit filed by an EBC shareholder in the circuit court of Pulaski County, Arkansas on June 14, 2006. As a result of the merger between EBC and the Company, pursuant to which EBC merged into the Company, the Company, which was renamed Equity Media Holdings Corporation, is a party to the lawsuit. The lawsuit contains both a class action component and derivative claims. The class action claims allege various deficiencies in EBC’s proxy used to inform its shareholders of the special meeting to consider the merger. These allegations include: (i) the failure to provide sufficient information regarding the fair value of EBC’s assets and the resulting fair value of EBC’s Class A common stock; (ii) that the interests of holders of EBC’s Class A common stock are improperly diluted as a result of the merger to the benefit of the holders of EBC’s Class B common stock; (iii) failure to sufficiently describe the further dilution that would occur post-merger upon exercise of the Company’s outstanding warrants; (iv) failure to provide pro-forma financial information; (v) failure to disclose alleged related party transactions; (vi) failure to provide access to audited consolidated financial statements during previous years; (vii) failure to provide shareholders with adequate time to review a fairness opinion obtained by EBC’s board of directors in connection with the merger; and (viii) alleged sale of EBC below appraised market value of its assets. The derivative components of the lawsuit allege instances of improper self-dealing, including through a management agreement between EBC and Arkansas Media.
 
In addition to requesting unspecified compensatory damages, the plaintiff also requested injunctive relief to enjoin EBC’s annual shareholder meeting and the vote on the merger. An injunction hearing was not held before EBC’s annual meeting regarding the merger so the meeting and shareholder vote proceeded as planned and EBC’s shareholders approved the merger. On August 9, 2006, EBC’s motion to dismiss the lawsuit was denied. On February 21, 2007, the plaintiff filed a “Motion to Enforce Settlement Agreement” with the court alleging the parties reached an oral agreement to settle the lawsuit. The plaintiff subsequently filed a motion to withdraw the motion to settle and filed a “Third Amended Complaint” on April 10, 2007. This motion added two additional plaintiffs and expanded on the issues recited in the previous complaints. On July 31, 2007, the plaintiff filed a “Fourth Amended Complaint”. This pleading added three new plaintiffs and three new defendants to the proceedings. The three additional defendants bear a fiduciary relationship to three previously named defendants. On July 31, 2007, the plaintiffs filed a “Motion for Class Certification.” Although the motion has been fully briefed by the parties, the plaintiffs have not yet sought a hearing date on the class certification issue. Currently, the parties continue to engage in discovery. No court date has been set for this case.
 
90

 
Management believes that this lawsuit has no merit and asserts that the Company has negotiated in good faith to attempt to settle the lawsuit. Regardless of the outcome management does not expect this proceeding to have a material impact of its financial condition or results of operations in 2007 or any future period.
 
Although the Company is a party to certain other pending legal proceedings in the normal course of business, management believes the ultimate outcome of these matters will not be material to the financial condition and future operations of the Company. The Company maintains liability insurance against risks arising out of the normal course of its business.
 
EBC Dissenting Shareholders
 
In connection with the Merger Transaction (see Note 4 – Merger Transaction) shareholders of EBC representing 66,500 shares of EBC Class A common stock elected to convert their shares to cash in accordance with Arkansas law. The Company recorded a liability in the amount of $368,410 to convert the shares plus $9,970 of accrued interest based on a conversion rate of $5.54 per share plus interest accruing from the date of the Merger Transaction at the rate of 9.78% per annum. On July 10, 2007, the dissenting shareholders were paid $378,380 in cash for the value of their shares including all interest accrued to date. Pursuant to Arkansas Code, the dissenting shareholders exercised their right to contest the Company’s valuation and have demanded payment of an additional $17.78 per share plus accrued interest at 9.78% per annum. In accordance with Arkansas Code, the Company has petitioned the court for a determination of the fair value of the shares and believes its valuation will prevail.
 
Obligations
 
The Company is obligated under non-cancelable operating leases for office and station space, tower sites, and broadcast and office equipment. The Company is obligated under contracts for the rights to broadcast certain features and syndicated television programs.

At December 31, 2007, future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year are as follows:

2008
 
$
1,690,657
 
2009
   
1,387,167
 
2010
   
1,144,586
 
2011
   
833,265
 
2012
   
683,085
 
Thereafter
   
3,915,876
 
   
$
9,654,636
 

Total rent expense under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $2,499,000, $2,191,000, and $1,938,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2007, certain equipment was leased under capital equipment facilities. Future minimum lease payments under capital leases as of December 31, 2007 are as follows:

2008
 
$
44,546
 
2009
   
41,675
 
2010
   
32,578
 
2011
   
32,781
 
2012
   
34,456
 
Thereafter
   
-
 
   
$
186,036
 
 
91

 
Equipment leased under capital equipment facilities had a cost of $375,795 and accumulated depreciation of $186,273 as of December 31, 2007.
 
Program Broadcast Rights Payable

The Company entered into agreements for program broadcast rights of approximately $3,927,570 and $2,181,000, which became available in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Program rights that have been contracted for (excluding barter agreements), but were not currently available for airing aggregated approximately $1,682,875 and $1,003,000 and at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Future maturities of the Company’s program rights payables are as follows:

2008
 
$
2,094,737
 
2009
   
613,400
 
2010
   
361,099
 
2011
   
141,218
 
2012
   
13,000
 
Thereafter
   
11,928
 
   
$
3,235,382
 
 
NOTE 20 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Amounts due (to) from affiliates and related parties at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 consist of the following:
 
 
 
December 31,
2007
 
December 31,
2006
 
Univision Communications, Inc.
 
$
(2,295,837
)
$
(726,003
)
Arkansas Media, LLC and affiliates
   
19,581
   
(86,462
)
Royal Palm Capital Management, LLP
   
(225,000
)
 
 
Little Rock TV 14, LLC
   
(78,626
)
 
(67,622
)
Actron, Inc.
   
-
   
(526,092
)
Retro Television Corporation, Inc
   
(8,224
)
 
-
 
Other
   
72,364
   
16,123
 
             
Due (to) from affiliates and related parties
   
(2,515,742
)
 
(1,390,056
)
Less current portion
   
(2,509,480
)
 
(1,338,557
)
             
Non – current portion
 
$
(6,262
)
$
(51,499
)
 
Arkansas Media, LLC owned 75% of EBC’s Class B common shares outstanding at December 31, 2006 and up to the date of the closing of the Merger Transaction (see Note 4 — Merger Transaction). The owners of Arkansas Media, LLC held management and board of director positions within EBC. In addition to the transactions noted below, Arkansas Media, LLC had, at times, acted as a broker on behalf of the Company and others that hold rights to broadcast construction permits which they wish to sell. Arkansas Media, LLC also owned three television stations which were operated by the Company on a fee basis under a LMA’s until March 29, 2007 (see Note 5 — Arkansas Media Settlement Transaction).
 
92

 
The Company incurred expenses related to management fees and commissions in the amount of $1,547,581, $1,596,682 and $1,475,282 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, for services rendered to the Company by Arkansas Media, LLC and its affiliates. Additionally, the Company accrued expenses related to operating fees of $24,000, $96,000 and $96,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, under LMA’s with Arkansas Media, LLC Subsequent to the Arkansas Media Settlement, the Company determined that an additional $37,416 in fees and commissions were due to Arkansas Media, LLC for services performed during the three month period ended March 31, 2007. These fees were paid in full on April 16, 2007.
 
The amount due Arkansas Media as of December 31, 2006 was paid in full as part of the Arkansas Media Settlement (see Note 5 — Arkansas Media Settlement Transaction). Actron, Inc. was due the above amount in connection with the Company’s purchase of Central Arkansas Payroll Company, currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Larry Morton, Greg Fess and Max Hooper own approximately 85% of Actron, Inc. The amount due Actron, Inc. as of December 31, 2006 was paid in connection with the Arkansas Media Settlement (see Note 5 — Arkansas Media Settlement Transaction).
 
Other than the amount due Actron, Inc., these related party balances were unsecured, non-interest bearing and did not contain stated repayment terms.
 
Management Services Agreement
 
Upon the closing of the Merger Transaction, the Company entered into a management services agreement with Royal Palm Capital Management, LLP (“Royal Palm”). The agreement generally provides that Royal Palm will provide general management and advisory services for an initial term of three years, subject to renewal thereafter on an annual basis by approval of a majority of the independent directors serving on the Company’s Board of Directors. The services to be provided include, but are not limited to, establishing certain office, accounting and administrative procedures, helping the Company obtain financing, advising the Company in securities matters and future acquisitions or dispositions, assisting the Company in formulating risk management policies, coordinating public relations and investor relations efforts, and providing such other services as may be reasonably requested by the Company and agreed to by Royal Palm. Royal Palm shall receive an annual management fee of $1,500,000, in addition to the reimbursement of budgeted out-of -pocket costs and expenses incurred in the performance of Royal Palm’s management services. The management services agreement may be terminated upon the material failure of either party to comply with its stated duties and obligations, subject to a 30-day cure period.
 
Royal Palm has agreed to defer receipt of its management fee so long as the obligation to the lenders under the credit agreement remains outstanding.
 
Certain officers and directors of Royal Palm also serve as officers and directors of the Company. For this reason, Royal Palm is generally prohibited from engaging in activities competitive with the business of the Company post-closing, unless such restriction is waived by the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
Management fees of $1,125,000 and general and administrative expenses of $40,545 were incurred by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2007 for services rendered by Royal Palm Partners, LLC. As of December 31, 2007, the Company has recorded prepaid expenses of $100,000 representing amounts advanced to Royal Palm pursuant to the management services agreement.
 
Univision Affiliation Agreement
 
Univision owns 100% of the Company’s outstanding Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock. Immediately following the closing of the Merger Transaction, Univision Network Limited Partnership and Telefutura revised and executed new Affiliation Agreements for all existing television broadcast stations attributable to the Company that are Univision and Telefutura affiliates. These new agreements contain substantially the same terms and conditions as the previous affiliation agreements, but were renewed for 15 year terms beginning at the closing of the Merger Transaction.
 
Univision also acts as the national sales agent for the Company’s Spanish-language television stations. The Company pays Univision a 15% commission on those sales. The Company also operates its Salt Lake City Univision television station, KUTH through a local marketing agreement (LMA) with Univision. The Company incurred expenses related to commissions in the amounts of $676,255, $312,180, and $150,083 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively for sales made on behalf of the Company by Univision. Additionally, the Company accrued expenses related to operating fees of $323,338, $319,924 and $332,981 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively under the LMA with Univision.
 
93

 
RTN Intellectual Property Agreement
 
Prior to the Merger Transaction, the Company entered into an intellectual property agreement with Retro Television Network, Inc., a company controlled by Larry Morton, a director, former President and CEO of the Company and current Chairman, President and CEO of Retro Programming Services, Inc, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Under the terms of the agreement, Retro Television Network, Inc. assigned 100% of the creative and intellectual rights for the Retro Television Network (“RTN”) to the Company in exchange for a ten (10) percent royalty fee to be paid solely from the revenues of non-Company owned stations that utilize the RTN concept and/or affiliate with RTN. The agreement also provides that in the event the Company was to sell its assigned rights in RTN to an unrelated third party, Retro Television Network, Inc., at its option, may convert the royalty fee to a twenty (20) percent interest of the sales proceeds. As of December 31, 2007, royalty fees in the amount of $8,224 have been accrued, and no royalty fees were paid to Retro Television Network, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 or 2005, respectively.
 
NOTE 21 — CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of accounts receivable and cash. Management generally does not require collateral to support accounts receivable. However, accounts receivable are comprised of a diversified customer base that results in a reduction in the concentrations of credit risk. In addition, the Company employs credit-monitoring policies that, in management’s opinion, effectively reduce any potential credit risk to an acceptable level. Credit losses have been within management’s expectations based on the Company’s credit monitoring polices and ongoing relationships with its customers.
 
Cash accounts at financial institutions are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $100,000. At December 31, 2007 and 2006 and at various times throughout these years, the Company maintained balances in excess of that federally insured limit. The accounts at the brokerage firm contain cash and cash equivalents, and balances are insured up to $500,000, with a limit of $100,000 for cash, with the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”). At December 31, 2007 and 2006 and at various times throughout these years, the Company maintained balances in excess of that insured limit.
 
NOTE 22 — EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan covering substantially all of the Company’s employees. The plan is qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the provisions of the plan, eligible participating employees may elect to contribute up to the maximum amount of tax deferred contribution allowed by the Internal Revenue Code (15% of wages or $13,000, whichever is less). The Company matches a portion of such contributions up to a maximum percentage of the employees’ compensation (50% of employee contributions, not to exceed $1,000 per employee annually). The Company’s contributions to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $35,241, $31,353, and $34,727, respectively.

NOTE 23 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Refinancing of Credit Facility

On February 13, 2008, Equity Media Holdings Corporation (“Company”) entered into a new credit facility with Silver Point Finance, LLC and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. This agreement refinances the existing credit facility with the same parties and provides Equity Media with the release of certain reserves. In order to comply with certain provisions of the new agreement, the Company agreed to pursue the sale of certain assets. Prior to the amendment and restatement of the credit facility in February 2008, the Company was subject to certain financial covenants, including among others, that the Company meet minimum revenue and EBITDA levels. At December 31, 2007, the Company was not in compliance with these covenants. However, after the amendment and restatement of the credit facility, the Company’s previous events of default were waived and eliminated. ( See Note 13 – Notes Payable.)
 
94

 
On March 20, 2008, the Company entered into an amendment (“Amendment”) to its Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with Silver Point Finance, LLC and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. Under the terms of the Amendment, the lender group has agreed to forbear from exercising certain of their rights and remedies with respect to designated defaults under the Credit Agreement through the earlier of (a) April 18, 2008 and (b) the date of occurrence of certain events or by which certain events have failed to occur, including the Company’s failure to enter into agreements with respect to the sale of certain of its assets and the Company’s failure to secure approvals for, and meet other criteria with respect to, financing alternatives necessary to meet the Company’s immediate capital requirements. Pursuant to the Amendment the Lenders may exercise any and all remedies available under the Credit Agreement, including making the loan immediately due and payable.

Changes in Management
 
On January 10, 2008, the Board of Directors appointed Patrick G. Doran as Chief Financial Officer.

On February 11, 2008, the Board of Directors of Equity Media Holdings Corp. (“EMHC”) appointed Henry G. Luken III, the existing Chairman, to the positions of President and CEO of EMHC.  The Board of Directors also appointed Larry E. Morton, the President and CEO prior to Mr. Luken, to the positions of Chairman, President and CEO of Retro Programming Services, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of EMHC, and dedicate his efforts to the continued growth of the Retro Television Network (“RTN”). 

New RTN affiliates and contracts

The following table shows stations that have been launched as RTN affiliates since December 31, 2007.

DMA Ranking
 
Station
 
DMA
 
Launched
70
 
WBAY-DT2
 
Green Bay
 
1/2/08
56
 
WTEN-DT
 
Albany
 
1/7/08
8
 
WSB-DT
 
Atlanta
 
1/28/08
14
 
KIRO-DT
 
Seattle-Tacoma
 
1/28/08
67
 
WSET-DT
 
Roanoke-Lynchburg
 
2/21/08
114
 
KWSD
 
Sioux Falls
 
2/28/08
19
 
WRDQ-DT
 
Orlando
 
3/3/08
118
 
WSFA
 
Montgomery-Selma
 
3/3/08
35
 
KUSG
 
Salt Lake City
 
3/17/08

Since December 31, 2007, RTN has signed affiliation contracts with the following stations in the following markets:

Station
 
DMA
WJLA-TV
 
Washington DC
WHTM-TV
 
Harrisburg-Lancaster, PA
WSET-TV
 
Roanoke-Lynchburg, VA
KAUN
 
Sioux Falls, SD
KUSG
 
Salt Lake City, UT
 
95

 
NOTE 24 - SEGMENT DATA

The Company operates its business in three primary reporting segments; the Television Group, Retro Television Network (RTN), and Uplink Services. Operations of the Television Group consist of the sale of air time for advertising, the production and broadcasting of news, and the broadcasting of entertainment and other programming through the Company’s television stations. Operations of RTN consist primarily of the combination of popular entertainment programs of past decades with local sports, weather and news to provide a customized digital feed to its affiliate television stations. Uplink Services operations include the provision of programming, traffic, accounting and billing services to Company-owned television stations and third party broadcasters through the Company’s centralized facility in Little Rock, Arkansas. The Company does not allocate corporate overhead or the eliminations of intercompany transactions to the primary reporting segments.

   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Broadcast Revenue
             
Television
 
$
27,876
 
$
29,896
 
$
27,063
 
Retro Television Network
   
460
   
109
   
-
 
Uplink Services
   
586
   
836
   
1,050
 
Corporate and eliminations
   
(659
 
(446
 
(641
)
   
$
28,264
 
$
30,395
 
$
27,471
 
                     
Depreciation and amortization
                   
Television
 
$
2,270
 
$
1,854
 
$
2,351
 
Retro Television Network
   
16
   
-
   
-
 
Uplink Services
   
1,301
   
965
   
876
 
Corporate and eliminations
   
573
   
464
   
426
 
   
$
4,160
 
$
3,283
 
$
3,652
 
                     
Segment operating income (loss)
                   
Television
 
$
(9,098
)
$
(6,499
)
$
(6,813
)
Retro Television Network
   
(1,673
)
 
(188
)
 
-
 
Uplink Services
   
(1,412
)
 
(592
)
 
(1,008
)
Corporate and eliminations
   
(21,659
)
 
(7,406
)
 
(6,346
)
                     
Consolidated
 
$
(33,842
)
$
(14,684
)
$
(14,167
)
                     
Impairment charge
   
-
   
200
   
1,689
 
                     
Operating income (loss)
   
(33,842
)
 
(14,884
)
 
(15,856
)
                     
Capital Expenditures
                   
Television
   
1,772
   
1,647
   
1,518
 
Retro Television Network
   
506
   
-
   
-
 
Uplink Services
   
3,663
   
825
   
795
 
Corporate and eliminations
   
1,441
   
258
   
76
 
Consolidated
 
$
7,382
 
$
2,730
 
$
2,389
 
                     
Total Assets
                   
Television
   
90,589
   
89,233
   
94,803
 
Retro Television Network
   
3,014
   
438
   
-
 
Uplink Services
   
10,184
   
7,211
   
6,521
 
Corporate and eliminations
   
9,946
   
5,178
   
10,325
 
Assets held for sale (Television)
   
9,521
   
12,353
   
8,509
 
Consolidated
 
$
123,254
 
$
114,413
 
$
120,159
 
 
96

 
NOTE 25 — QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
 
The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands, except per share data):

Year ended December 31, 2007:
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
Total
 
Broadcast revenue
 
$
6,774
 
$
7,015
 
$
7,508
 
$
6,967
 
$
28,264
 
Net income (loss)
   
(14,013
)
 
(9,442
)
 
(7,656
)
 
(9,631
)
 
(40,742
)
Net loss available to common shareholders
   
(26,148
)
 
(9,627
)
 
(7,841
)
 
(9,818
)
 
(53,434
)
                               
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders per share, basic and diluted
 
$
(1.02
)
$
(0.25
)
$
(0.19
)
$
(0.23
)
$
(1.46
)
 
Year ended December 31, 2006:
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
Total
 
Net revenue
 
$
7,274
 
$
8,654
 
$
7,148
 
$
7,319
 
$
30,395
 
Net income (loss)
   
(4,559
)
 
(4,440
)
 
(5,205
)
 
20,318
   
(3,228
)
                                 
Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted
 
$
(0.18
)
$
(0.18
)
$
(0.21
)
$
0.80
 
$
(0.13
)

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  


97

98

 
99

 
100

101

 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 
None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
The Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e), as of December 31, 2007. Based on the evaluation and the material weaknesses noted below, management concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2007.

MANAGEMENT'S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). The Company’s internal control system is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP).

The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with the authorization of its management and directors; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
 
102

 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007 based on the framework published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), referred to as the Internal Control - Integrated Framework. The objective of this assessment is to determine whether the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2007. As a result of management’s work, management has concluded that there was an ineffective control environment over the Company’s financial reporting.

Management has identified the following specific material weakness in the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007:

(i)
We did not maintain effective internal controls over the preparation, review, and approval surrounding certain account reconciliations, journal entries and accruals; including and related to analysis and evidence of management review.

Planned remediation for 2008 includes:

The Company recently hired a new Chief Financial Officer, established a Chief Accounting Officer position and added a financial analyst to the accounting and finance department. With these additions, the Company is in the process of establishing more robust reconciliation and review procedures.

Despite our assessment that our system of internal control over financial reporting was ineffective and the above disclosed material weakness, we believe that our consolidated financial statements contained in this Form 10-K filed with the SEC fairly present our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for all years covered thereby in all material respects. We also received an unqualified audit report from our independent registered public accounting firm on those consolidated financial statements.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ATTESTATION REPORT OF THE COMPANY’S INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

See Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the attestation report of Moore Stephens Frost PLC., the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION  

None.
 
103

 
PART III  
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

Directors and Executive Officers  

The following tables sets forth the names, ages and offices of the present executive officers and directors of the Company. The periods during which such persons have served in such capacities are indicated in the description of business experience of such person below.

Directors

Name and Age
 
 
 
Principal Occupation and Business Experience
Henry G. Luken III,
 
48
 
Chairman of the Board of Directors since March 30, 2007. Mr. Luken has served as Chairman of Covista Communications, a publicly-held global exchange telephone company since 1999 and has extensive business and telecommunications experience. Prior to purchasing a major interest in Covista in 1999, Mr. Luken founded long distance telephone service re-sellers Telco Communications and Long Distance Wholesale Club in 1993. Telco was a pioneer in dial-around long distance service with Dial and Save, Inc., which grew into a successful telecommunications company and was sold to Excel Communications in 1997 for $1.2 billion. Mr. Luken also owns interests in several TV and radio stations.
Larry E. Morton
 
60
 
Director since March 30, 2007 and served as President and CEO until February 11, 2008. Mr. Morton is one of the founders of Equity Broadcasting Corporation (“EBC”), the predecessor to Equity Media Holders Corporation (“EMHC”). Mr. Morton was a member of EBC’s Board of Directors from its inception in 1998. Prior to forming EBC, Mr. Morton was the President/Manager of Las Vegas Media, LLC and Kaleidoscope Affiliates, LLC, media companies that were the predecessor entities to EBC, from 1994 to 1998. Mr. Morton was very involved in the creation of EMHC’s C.A.S.H. System, which gives the company a programming distribution method that allows for greater cable carriage and lower capital and operating costs at each station, and in the development of RTN, EMHC’s new programming concept that is designed to help broadcasters maximize the value of their digital broadcast spectrum.
Robert B. Becker
 
59
 
Director since March 30, 2007. Mr. Becker was a member of EBC’s Board of Directors since June 30, 2000. Since its formation in September 1986, Mr. Becker has been the President of Robert B. Becker, Inc., a private consulting company specializing in business combinations, new business initiatives and contractual negotiations in the broadcasting, entertainment, media and communications segments. Mr. Becker recently served as the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Secretary and a member of the Board of Directors of Juniper Partners Acquisition Corp., a publicly traded blank check company that has filed a Form S-4 to purchase Firestone Communications, Inc. Firestone is a privately owned diversified media and communications company. From 1989 to 1991, he served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Memry Corporation, a publicly traded company that develops and markets new products. From 1980 until entering the consulting business, Mr. Becker served as Vice President and Controller of HBO, and Director of Programming Finance of HBO from 1978 to 1980. Prior to this, he held various positions in the financial department of Time, Inc.
Robert Farenhem
 
37
 
Director since March 30, 2007. Mr. Farenhem is a partner and co-founder of Royal Palm Capital Partners, a private investment firm. Mr. Farenhem serves as President of Devcon International Corp. and sits on the boards of Equity Media Holdings Corporation and American Residential Services. Mr. Farenhem was the Executive Vice President of Strategic Planning and Corporate Development for publicly-held Bancshares of Florida and Chief Financial Officer for Bank of Florida from February 2002 to April 2003. Previously, Mr. Farenhem was an investment banker with Banc of America Securities from October 1998 to February 2002, advising on mergers and acquisitions, public and private equity, leveraged buyouts, and other financings.
Michael Flynn
 
59
 
Director since March 30, 2007. Mr. Flynn has served on the board of Airspan Networks, Inc., since 2003, a provider of broadband wireless equipment and is on the boards of iLinc, a provider of web collaboration and audio conferencing services as well as privately held GENBAND and Calix, both manufacturers of next generation broadband access and Voice over IP telecom equipment. He was a Director of WebEx from 2004 to 2007, when it was acquired by Cisco. Prior to his retirement in March 2004, Mr. Flynn served as Assistant to the Chief Executive Officer of Alltel Corporation. From April 19978 to May 2003, Mr. Flynn served as Group President of Communications of Alltel. From June 1994 to April 1997, Mr. Flynn served as President of the Telephone Group of Alltel.
 
104

 
Manuel Kadre
 
42
 
Director since March 30, 2007. Mr. Kadre is the Vice President and General Counsel of the de la Cruz Companies (Eagle Brands, Inc., Coca-Cola Puerto Rico Bottlers, Caribbean Bottlers Trinidad & Tobago, CCPRB (Jamaica) Ltd. And Coca-Cola St. Maarten) since 1995. In 2006 Mr. Kadre assumed the role of President of CC1 Caribbean Importers LLC, the companies’ import company for the Caribbean. Mr. Kadre also serves in an executive role with AutoNation, Inc. a publicly traded Fortune 500 company since 1997. Mr. Kadre was a member of the law firm of Murai, Wald, Biondo & Moreno from 1991 to 1994 and served as Judicial Law Clerk to the Honorable Federico Moreno, United States District Judge, Southern District of Florida from 1990 to 1991.
John E. Oxendine
 
65
 
Director since March 30, 2007. Mr. Oxendine has been a lender and investor in the broadcast industry for over twenty years; primarily investing in minority owned or controlled companies. Mr. Oxendine is currently Chairman, President and CEO of Broadcast Capital, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“Broadcap”), and President and CEO of Blackstar Management, LLC, a Florida limited liability company which provides consulting services to the communications industry. Mr. Oxendine served as Broadcap’s President from 1981-1995 and has served as Board Chairman from 1999 to present, reassuming the positions of President and CEO in January 2004. Mr. Oxendine also served from 1981-1995 as President, and as Board Chairman from 1999 to Present, of Broadcast Capital Fund, Inc. (“BCFI”), incorporated in 1987, which had as its principal business the acquisition, ownership and operation of commercial television stations. Prior to joining Broadcap in 1981, Mr. Oxendine served as Acting Chief of the Financial Assistance Division-FSLIC of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, and from 1974 to 1979; he was an Assistant Manager at the First National Bank of Chicago, with overseas assignments in London and Mexico. From 1972 to 1974, Mr. Oxendine held positions with Korn Ferry Associates in Los Angeles, and from 1971 to 1972 with Fry Consultants in San Francisco.
Michael Pierce
 
56
 
Director since March 30, 2007. Mr. Pierce is the owner of Papa John’s Pizza franchises operating in Arkansas, Missouri and Oklahoma since 1991 and the owner of RLB Propertys LLC, a Real Estate investing and development company which he founded in 1990. Mr. Pierce has also served on Papa John’s Pizza Board of Directors from 1993 (initial IPO) until 2003 and served on various committees including Chairman of Audit Committee and is presently Vice Chairman of Franchise Advisory Council. Mr. Pierce currently serves on the Board of Baptist Health Hospital.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class serving a three-year term.

Committees of the Board of Directors
 
The Board of Directors has the following three standing Committees: The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee; the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee.
 
Nominating Committee
 
The Nominating Committee consists of Messrs. Michael T. Flynn and Manny Kadre. The Nominating Committee did not meet during 2007. The members of the committee are “independent” as defined in the marketplace rules which govern NASDAQ Stock Market. The purpose of the Nominating Committee is to identify individuals qualified to serve on EMHC’s Board of Directors, recommend persons to be nominated by the Board of Directors for election as directors at the annual meeting of stockholders, recommend nominees for any committee of the Board of Directors, develop and recommend to the Board of Directors a set of corporate governance principles applicable to EMHC and to oversee the evaluation of the Board of Directors and its committees. The Nominating Committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors in April 2007.
 
Audit Committee Financial Expert  
 
The Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Robert B. Becker (Chairman), John E. Oxendine and Mike W. Pierce. The Audit Committee met five times during 2007. The purpose of the Audit Committee is to oversee the quality and integrity of EMHC’s accounting, internal auditing and financial reporting practices, to perform such other duties as may be required by the Board of Directors, and to oversee EMHC’s relationship with its independent registered public accounting firm. The members of the Audit Committee are “independent” as that term is defined in the National Association of Securities Dealers Listing Standards. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Becker is an “audit committee financial expert” in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. The Audit Committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors in April 2007.
 
105

 
Compensation Committee  
 
The Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. John E. Oxendine (Chairman), Robert B. Becker and Michael T. Flynn. The Compensation Committee met three times in 2007.
 
The Compensation Committee makes all decisions about the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and also has the authority to review and approve the compensation for the Company’s other executive officers. The primary objectives of the Compensation Committee in determining total compensation (both salary and incentives) of the Company’s executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, are (i) to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified executives by providing total compensation opportunities with a combination of elements which are at or above competitive opportunities, (ii) to tie executive compensation to the Company’s general performance and specific attainment of long-term incentive for future performance that aligns stockholder interests and executive rewards.
 
The purpose of the Compensation Committee is to establish compensation policies for Directors and executive officers of EMHC, approve employment agreements with executive officers of EMHC, administer EMHC’s stock option plans and approve grants under the plans and make recommendations regarding any other incentive compensation or equity-based plans. The Compensation Committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors in April 2007.
 
Additional Information concerning the Board of Directors

Compensation of Directors

2007 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table sets forth information concerning compensation to each of our directors (excluding the Named Executive Officer who is also a director disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table) during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007:

Name
 
Fees Earned
Or
Paid in Cash
($)
 
Stock Awards
($)
 
Option Awards
($)  (1)
 
Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)
 
Change
in
Pension
Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
 
All
Other
Compensation
($)  (2)
 
Total
($)
 
Henry G. Luken III,
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
Larry Morton
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Robert B. Becker
   
25,750
   
-
   
3,612
   
-
   
-
   
1,027
   
30,389
 
Robert Farenhem
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Michael Flynn
   
20,500
   
-
   
3,612
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
24,112
 
Manuel Kadre
   
15,000
   
-
   
3,612
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
18,612
 
John Oxendine
   
24,500
   
-
   
3,612
   
-
   
-
   
181
   
28,293
 
Michael W. Pierce
   
19,000
   
-
   
3,612
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
22,612
 
 

(1)
Represents the amount recognized as compensation expense in the Company’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) with respect to all stock options awarded to our directors. See the notes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements found elsewhere in this 2007 Form 10-K for discussion of the assumptions made in the valuation of these awards. The amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes is recognized ratably over the vesting term of the awards. The aggregate option awards outstanding for each person in the table set forth above as of December 31, 2007 are as follows, excluding Directors who are also Named Executive Officers and whose option awards are listed elsewhere in this Form 10-K.:
 
Name
 
Vested
 
Unvested
 
Henry G. Luken III,
   
0
   
0
 
               
Robert B. Becker
   
23,930
   
18,000
 
Robert Farenhem
   
0
   
0
 
Michael Flynn
   
2,000
   
18,000
 
Manuel Kadre
   
2,000
   
18,000
 
John Oxendine
   
2,000
   
18,000
 
Michael W. Pierce
   
2,000
   
18,000
 

Stock options vest equally monthly until the award is fully vested on the fifth anniversary of the grant date and expire seven years from the date of grant.
 
106

 
(2)
Represents reimbursed travel expenses incurred to attend board of directors meetings.
 
Executive Officers

Name
 
Age
 
Position within the Company(1)
         
Henry G. Luken III
 
48
 
Chairman of the Board, President & Chief Executive Officer
Larry E. Morton
 
60
 
Chairman, CEO & President of Retro Programming Services Inc.
Thomas M. Arnost
 
61
 
President & CEO – Broadcasting Station Group
Patrick Doran
 
51
 
Chief Financial Officer
Mark Dvornik
 
45
 
Executive Vice President – Retro Television Network
Mario B. Ferrari
 
30
 
Chief Strategic Officer
Gregory Fess
 
51
 
Senior Vice President & COO
Glenn Charlesworth
 
56
 
Vice President & Chief Accounting Officer
James Hearnsberger
 
56
 
Vice President – Finance & Administration
 
(1)
 
Executive officers based on positions held as of March 28, 2008

Henry G Luken, III , Chairman of the Board since the March 2007 merger and President and Chief Executive Officer and since February 11, 2008. Mr. Luken has served as chairman of Covista Communications, a publicly-held global exchange telephone company, since 1999 and has extensive business and telecommunications experience. Prior to purchasing a major interest in Covista in 1999, Mr. Luken founded long distance telephone service re-sellers Telco Communications and Long Distance Wholesale Club in 1993. Telco was a pioneer in dial-around long distance service with Dial and Save, Inc, which grew into a successful telecommunication company and was sold to Excel Communications in 1997 for $1.2 billion. Most recently Mr. Luken moved Covista’s headquarters from Little Falls, New Jersey to Chattanooga, Tennessee. Mr. Luken also owns interests in several TV and radio stations.

Larry E. Morton , Chairman, President and CEO of Retro Programming Services, Inc. served as President and CEO until February 11, 2008 and is one of the founders of EBC and has been a member of EBC’s board of directors since EBC’s inception in 1998. Prior to forming EBC, Mr. Morton was the President/ Manager of Las Vegas Media, LLC and Kaleidoscope Affiliates, LLC, media companies that were the predecessor entities to EBC, from 1994 to 1998. Mr. Morton was very involved in the creation of EMHC's C.A.S.H.   System, which gives the company a programming distribution method that allows for greater cable carriage and lower capital and operating costs at each station, and in the development of RTN, EBC’s new programming concept that is designed to help broadcasters maximize the value of their digital broadcast spectrum. Mr. Morton is a graduate of the United States Air Force Academy, where he received a B.S. in Economics. He also graduated from the University of Arkansas where he received a B.S. in Accounting and a Masters in Business Administration.

Thomas M Arnost, President/ CEO of EBC Station Group, served as the former Co-President of Univision Communications, Inc. (NYSE: UVN) Station Group, where he joined the company in 1994 following the 1992 acquisition of Univision by A. Jerrold Perenchio for $550 million. Mr. Arnost served as Co-President of Univision Television Group, which owns and operates 62 television stations in major U.S. Hispanic markets and Puerto Rico, from 1997 to 2005, and prior to that as Executive Vice President of Univision Television Group from 1994 to 1996. He also served as Station Manager for KMEX-TV in Los Angeles, Univision’s flagship station, in 1994. In 2002, Mr. Arnost helped oversee the very successful launch of the Telefutura Station Group, which has since, significantly contributed to Univision’s overall revenue growth. During Mr. Arnost’s tenure, total station group revenue grew from under $120 million in 1993 to over $650 million in 2005. Previously, from 1985 to 1993, Mr. Arnost served as General Sales Manager for Tribune Broadcasting Station Group, KTLA-TV in Los Angeles. Positions prior to 1985 included: 1984, Local Sales Manager Golden West Broadcasting, KTLA-TV, 1980-1984, National Sales Manager Golden West Broadcasting, KTLA-TV, and Mr. Arnost started his broadcast career at Petry Media Television, where he served as Account Executive from 1973 to 1979. Mr. Arnost graduated from the University of Arizona with a B.A. degree in Business Administration and a major in finance.
 
107

 
Patrick Doran, Chief Financial Officer, joined the Company on January 10, 2008 after serving as consultant for two months. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Doran was retained on a consulting basis by Orbit Brands Corporation, a publicly held holding company for various diversified subsidiaries, from 2006 to 2007 to act as interim chief financial officer in connection with its restructuring. From 2003 to 2005, he served as President and chief operating officer of Malibu Beach Beverage Group, a specialty beverage manufacturer. From 1997 to 2006 he served in various executive capacities, including President and chief operating officer, of CTN Media Group, an owner of media and online properties targeted at young adults. In this capacity he oversaw the acquisition of CTN’s assets by MTV in 2002 and CTN’s subsequent wind down following the sale of such assets. Mr. Doran also has worked in various executive and managerial capacities in auditing, syndication, licensing and distribution with many leading media and entertainment companies, including Turner Pictures Worldwide, TBS-Syndication and Licensing Group, MGM/UA and Columbia Pictures.
 
Mario B. Ferrari Chief Strategic Officer, has been a director and vice president of Coconut Palm Acquisition Corp. since April 2005. Mr. Ferrari is a co-founder of RPCP, a private equity investment and management firm, where he has been a partner since July 2002. RPCP focuses on making investments in industries poised for consolidation and growth and partners with world class management teams in respective industries. Mr. Ferrari has also served as a director of publicly-held Devcon International Corporation, a provider of electronic security services, since July 2004 and as vice chairman of publicly-held Sunair Services Corporation, a provider of pest control and lawn care services, since February 2005. From June 2000 to June 2002, he was an investment banker with Morgan Stanley & Co. Previously, Mr. Ferrari co-founded PowerUSA, LLC, a retail renewable energy services company, in October 1997 and was a managing member   until September 1999. Mr. Ferrari graduated from Georgetown University, where he received his B.S., magna cum laude, in Finance and International Business.
 
Gregory Fess, Senior Vice President and COO, is one of the founders of EBC and was a member of EBC’s board of directors since its inception in 1998. Previously, Mr. Fess was a member of the management committee for Las Vegas Media, LC and Kaleidoscope Affiliates from 1995 to 1998. He has had extensive experience in the acquisition, development and operations of EBC stations, including the launching of EBC’s Univision and Telefutura stations. Under his leadership, revenue at these stations has experienced significant growth over the past few years. Mr. Fess is a graduate of the University of Arkansas, where he received a B.A. in Marketing and a Masters in Business Administration. Mr. Fess currently serves on the Arkansas Broadcasters Association Board.

Mark Dvornik Executive Vice President of Retro Television Network, served as Executive Vice President and General Sales Manager for Paramount Television Group from September 2001 to January 2007. Previously, from 1999 to 2001, Mr. Dvornik served as Senior Vice President, General Sales Manager in Los Angeles with Paramount. During this time, Paramount assumed control of Worldvision and Rysher first-run and off-net sales, taking the Paramount library to over 55,000 hours of television. Mr. Dvornik previously served as Vice President, Southwestern Regional Manager from 1995 to 1998, Vice President, Southwestern Regional Manager from 1992 to 1995, Southwestern Division Manager from 1990 to 1992, Central Division Manager from 1988 to 1990 and Account Executive from 1986 to 1988. Mr. Dvornik joined Paramount in 1985 as a sales trainee based in Los Angeles. Mr. Dvornik earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in English and Film from the University of Florida.
 
Glenn Charlesworth, Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer has been with EBC since 2001 serving as Controller and Interim Chief Financial Officer until January 10, 2008. He oversees the accounting department and is responsible for financial reporting duties. Mr. Charlesworth has over 25 years experience in public accounting and has previously worked for Cytomedix, Inc, a publicly-traded biotechnology company, as CFO and Vice President of Finance. Mr. Charlesworth is a graduate of the University of Arkansas, where he received a B.S. in Business Administration. Mr. Charlesworth is a member of the American Institute of CPAs.
 
James Hearnsberger, Vice President — Administration and Finance, has been vice president of administration with EBC since its 1998 inception. During this time he has been active in all areas of the development of the company including property acquisition, disposition and management, finance, insurance and project development. Mr. Hearnsberger is a graduate of Hendrix College, where he received a B.S. in Economics. Mr. Hearnsberger is also a graduate of the University of Arkansas, where he received his Masters in Business Administration.
 
108

 
Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act  
 
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act requires our directors, executive officers and persons who are the beneficial owners of more than ten percent of our common stock (collectively, the “Reporting Persons”) to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission and to furnish us with copies of these reports.

Based solely on copies of such forms received or written representations from certain Reporting Persons, we believe that, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, all filing requirements applicable to the Reporting Persons were complied with.

Code of Ethics  

In December 2005, the Board of Directors adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees. A copy of our code of ethics has been attached as an exhibit to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005. Requests for copies of our Code of Ethics should be sent in writing to Equity Media Holdings Corporation, #1 Shackleford Drive, Suite 400, Little Rock, Arkansas 72211, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Introduction

In this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, we provide a detailed discussion and analysis of our compensation program and policies and the critical factors that are considered in making compensation decisions.

Throughout Item 11 of this Form 10-K , the individuals who served as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer during fiscal 2007, along with the other five most highly-compensated executive officers, are collectively referred to as the “Named Executive Officers” (or “NEOs”).
 
Overview and Role of Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) establishes compensation policies for the directors and executive officers of Company, including the Named Executive Officers. The Compensation Committee approves the employment agreements with the executive officers of Company, administers Company’s stock option plans, approves grants under such plans and makes recommendations regarding other incentive compensation or equity-based plans provided to the Named Executive Officers and other executive officers.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our objective is to compensate Company’s NEOs in the manner best designed to create long-term value for its stockholders. The primary objectives of our executive compensation program are to attract talented NEOs to manage and lead the Company, reward them for operating and financial performance and to encourage them to strive to achieve excellent operating and financial results for the Company and its stockholders over the longer term.  To achieve these objectives, we maintain a compensation structure consisting of an appropriate blend designed to allow us to appropriately reward performance while simultaneously encouraging both retention and longer term operating success.  These elements consist of salary, annual cash bonus, equity incentive compensation and other benefits.  Many of these elements simultaneously meet both our near-term and long-term compensation goals.
 
109

 
Elements of Compensation

The principal elements of the Company’s executive compensation consist of the following:

·
Base Salary

·
Annual Cash Bonuses

·
Stock Options

·
Health Benefits

·
Severance Benefits and Change in Control Provisions
 
Base Salary

The annual base salary of many of the Company’s Named Executive Officers is established in an employment agreement executed with each individual (see “Employment Agreements” in this document). The base salary is established based on the scope of the executive’s responsibilities. The remaining NEO is employed at-will. Annual salary increases for the Named Executive Officers are generally consistent, on a percentage basis, with those received by non-executive employees.

Annual Cash Bonuses

Under the terms of their employment agreements, certain NEOs are eligible to earn targeted annual cash bonuses. These are outlined later. The Company does not utilize defined formulas for bonuses paid to its executive officers, including its NEOs. The payment of cash bonuses are as outlined in employment agreements.

Stock Options

The Company believes that the granting of stock options is the most appropriate form of long-term compensation since it provides incentive to promote the long-term success of the Company in line with stockholders’ interest. The Company’s stock option plans are intended to motivate and reward the executive officers and to retain their continued services while providing long-term incentive opportunities including the participation in the long-term appreciation of our common stock value.

The number of stock options awarded to any executive officer during a given year is determined by the Compensation Committee.

During 2007, the Compensation Committee awarded stock options to the NEOs upon the closing of the Merger between the Company and Equity Broadcasting Corporation and throughout the year based on the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer and pursuant to employment agreements.

The Company currently maintains one equity compensation plan, the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, (the “Equity Plan”), which provide for the granting of stock options and other stock-based awards. Awards made under the Company’s Equity Plan have consisted exclusively of the granting of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options. With certain limited exceptions, stock option awards vest 20% per year over a five-year period, dependent on continued employment. The exercise price of stock options may not be less than the closing market price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock on the date of grant. Stock option awards must be exercised within seven years of the date of grant of the option, subject to earlier expiration upon termination of the individual’s employment. The provisions of the Equity Plan limit the number of options that may be granted to any one individual in a calendar year.
 
110

 
Perquisites and Other Compensation

All other compensation for the Named Executive Officers includes healthcare insurance premiums and group life insurance paid by the Company and 401(k) plan matching contributions.

Health Benefits

All full-time employees, including our Named Executive Officers, may participate in our health benefit program, including medical, dental and vision care coverage, short-term disability insurance and life insurance.

Severance Benefits and Change in Control Provisions

All but one of our Named Executive Officers have entered into employment agreements with us. The various employment agreements, among other things, provide for severance compensation to be paid to the executives if they are terminated upon change of control of the Company, or for reasons other than cause or if they resign for good reason, as defined in the agreement.

Determination of 2007 Compensation

The Compensation Committee reviewed compensation levels for the Named Executive Officers for 2007 and considered various factors, including the executive’s job performance. For the executive officers other than the Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee considers the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer. The Compensation Committee approved the primary components of compensation for each Named Executive Officer, including their annual cash bonus and grant of stock options.
 
Employment Agreements

The Company currently has an employment agreement in place with all but one of its Named Executive Officers. The following is summarized information related to the base salary, annual cash bonus and severance compensation and termination provisions contained in the employment agreement of each Named Executive Officer.

Larry E. Morton

Mr. Morton was employed in 2007 as President and Chief Executive Officer under an employment agreement with us. The term of the agreement expires on March 30, 2010. Mr. Morton will serve as Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors for the two years following the expiration of his employment agreement. Under the agreement, effective as of March 30, 2007, Mr. Morton’s base salary was $520,000. In addition to his base salary, Mr. Morton was granted 2,000,000 stock options per his employment agreement which vest 25% upon the date of the agreement and 25% on each anniversary thereafter for a period of three years. Mr. Morton is entitled to maximum participation of Company’s Management Incentive Compensation Plan. In the event of termination upon change of control or for reasons other than cause, or if Mr. Morton resigns for good cause, as defined in the agreement, Mr. Morton is eligible to receive his base salary for the greater of a period of twelve months or the time remaining under his employment agreement and Mr. Morton is eligible to receive continued coverage under the Company’s healthcare insurance plan in accordance with the continuation requirements of Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) for the term of the agreement with premiums paid by Company. In the event of death or disability, Mr. Morton is entitled to all benefits and compensation under the term of the agreement. In the event of death all payments shall be made to Mr. Morton's spouse or children.
 
Gregory W. Fess

Mr. Fess is employed Vice President under an employment agreement with us. The term of the agreement expires on March 30, 2010. Under the agreement, effective as of March 30, 2007, Mr. Fess’ base salary was $315,000. In addition to his base salary, Mr. Fess was granted 250,000 stock options per his employment agreement which vest 25% upon the date of the agreement and 25% on each anniversary thereafter for a period of three years. Mr. Fess is entitled to maximum participation of Company’s Management Incentive Compensation Plan, with a minimum amount of not less than $500,000. In the event of termination upon change of control or for reasons other than cause, or if Mr. Fess resigns for good cause, as defined in the agreement, Mr. Fess is eligible to receive his base salary for the greater of a period of twelve months or the time remaining under his employment agreement and Mr. Fess is eligible to receive continued coverage under the Company’s healthcare insurance plan in accordance with the continuation requirements of Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) for the term of the agreement with premiums paid by Company. In the event of death or disability, Mr. Fess is entitled to all benefits and compensation under the term of the agreement. In the event of death all payments shall be made to Mr. Fess’s spouse or children.
 
111

 
Tom Arnost

Effective May 9, 2007, Mr. Arnost became the President of the broadcast station group under an employment agreement with us. The term of the agreement expires on May 9, 2010. Under the agreement, Mr. Arnost’s base salary is $350,000. In addition to his base salary, Mr. Arnost is eligible in year 2007 to earn up to 50% of his base salary if certain goals are met. In year 2008, Mr. Arnost is eligible to earn up to 51% and 100% of his base salary if certain goals are met. For years 2009 and 2010, Mr. Arnost is eligible to earn between 51% and 100% of his base salary in bonuses upon the attainment of Company of positive net income during the applicable fiscal year. Any bonuses applicable for year 2007 and 2010 are to be pro-rated based upon the number of days Mr. Arnost was employed by Company during the fiscal year. Mr. Arnost was granted 750,000 stock options per his employment agreement which vest 25% upon the date of the agreement and 25% on each anniversary thereafter for a period of three years. In the event of termination upon change of control or for reasons other than cause, or if Mr. Arnost resigns for good reason, as defined in the agreement, Mr. Arnost is eligible to receive his base salary for the greater of a period of twelve months or the time remaining under his employment agreement and Mr. Arnost is eligible to receive continued coverage under the Company’s healthcare insurance plan in accordance with the continuation requirements of COBRA for one year with premiums paid by Company. In the event of termination due to Mr. Arnost’s death or disability, Company shall pay all benefits and compensation up until the date of termination.
 
Mr. Mark Dvornik

Effective May 9, 2007, Mr. Dvornik became the Executive Vice President of the Retro Television Network under an employment agreement with us. The term of the agreement expires on May 9, 2009. Under the agreement, Mr. Dvornik’s base salary is $325,000. In addition to his base salary, Mr. Dvornik may earn a bonus in the amount of $225,000 if certain goals are met and upon approval by the Compensation Committee. Mr. Dvornik was granted 250,000 stock options per his employment agreement which vest 25% upon the date of the agreement and 25% on each anniversary thereafter for a period of three years. In the event of termination upon change of control or for reasons other than cause, or if Mr. Dvornik resigns for good reason, as defined in the agreement, Mr. Dvornik is eligible to receive his base salary for the greater of a period of twelve months or the time remaining under his employment agreement and Mr. Dvornik is eligible to receive continued coverage under the Company’s healthcare insurance plan in accordance with the continuation requirements of COBRA for one year with premiums paid by Company. In the event of termination due to Mr. Dvornik’s death or disability, Company shall pay all benefits and compensation up until the date of termination.
 
James Hearnsberger

Mr. Hearnsberger has an employment agreement that carried over from the predecessor company of Equity Broadcasting Corporation. The term of the agreement is one year. The agreement automatically renews unless Company gives Mr. Hearnsberger 180 days notice. Under the agreement, Mr. Hearnsberger’s base salary is the greater of his salary as of the date of the agreement or any subsequent salaries. Upon termination due to death, Mr. Hearnsberger’s estate would receive all payments, compensation and benefits earned up to the date of death and salary for a period of six months after the date of death. Upon termination due to disability, Mr. Hearnsberger would receive all payments, compensation and benefits earned up to the date of termination and salary for a period of six months after the date of termination. In the event of termination by Mr. Hearnsberger for Good Reason, Company shall pay Mr. Hearnsberger all payments, compensation and benefits for a period of six months or through the then remaining term of the agreement, whichever is greater. Company may terminate Mr. Hearnsberger’s agreement at anytime upon ninety days notice, provided that Company shall pay Mr. Hearnsberger all payments, compensation and benefits for a period of six months or through the then remaining term of the agreement, whichever is greater.
 
112

 
Lori Withrow

Mrs. Withrow has an employment agreement that carried over from the predecessor company of Equity Broadcasting Corporation. The term of the agreement is one year. The agreement automatically renews unless Company gives Mrs. Withrow 180 days notice. Under the agreement, Mrs. Withrow’s base salary is the greater of her salary as of the date of the agreement or any subsequent salaries. Upon termination due to death, Mrs. Withrow’s estate would receive all payments, compensation and benefits earned up to the date of death and salary for a period of six months after the date of death. Upon termination due to disability, Mrs. Withrow would receive all payments, compensation and benefits earned up to the date of termination and salary for a period of six months after the date of termination. In the event of termination by Mrs. Withrow for Good Reason, Company shall pay Mrs. Withrow all payments, compensation and benefits for a period of six months or through the then remaining term of the agreement, whichever is greater. Company may terminate Mrs. Withrow’s agreement at anytime upon ninety days notice, provided that Company shall pay Mrs. Withrow all payments, compensation and benefits for a period of six months or through the then remaining term of the agreement, whichever is greater.
 
Executive Compensation Tables

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information that summarizes compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 for our Named Executive Officers.


                           
Change in Pension
         
                           
Value and
         
                           
Nonqualified
         
                       
Non-Equity
 
Deferred
         
               
Stock
 
Option
 
Incentive Plan
 
Compensation
 
All Other
     
       
Salary
 
Bonus
 
Awards
 
Awards
 
Compensation
 
Earnings
 
Compensation
 
Total
 
Name and Principal Position
 
Year
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($) (1)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($) (2)
 
($)
 
Larry Morton President,
Chief Executive Officer and Director
   
2007
 
390,000
 
-
 
$
-
 
1,212,861
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
30,396
 
1,633,257
 
                                                         
Glenn Charlesworth Chief
Financial Officer
   
2007
   
149,654
   
47,616
   
-
   
22,838
   
-
   
-
   
8,918
   
229,026
 
                                                         
Gregory Fess Chief
Operating Officer and Senior Vice President
   
2007
   
236,250
   
-
   
-
   
151,608
   
-
   
-
   
19,286
   
407,144
 
                                                         
James Hearnsberger,
Vice President -
Administration and Finance
   
2007
   
156,000
   
10,000
   
-
   
22,838
   
-
   
-
   
9,918
   
198,756
 
                                                         
Lori Withrow Corporate Secretary
   
2007
   
132,869
   
9,800
   
-
   
22,838
   
-
   
-
   
10,926
   
176,433
 
                                                         
Tom Arnost President and
Chief Executive Officer - Equity Broadcasting Corporation
   
2007
   
226,154
   
-
   
-
   
454,823
   
-
   
-
   
4,410
   
685,387
 
                                                         
Mark Dvornik Executive
Vice President of Retro Television Network
   
2007
   
243,750
   
-
   
-
   
67,153
   
-
   
-
   
4,250
   
315,153
 
 
(1)
The Company granted stock options to the NEOs in May 2007 pursuant to its 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. The amounts in this column represent the amount recognized as compensation expense in the Company’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) with respect to all stock options awarded to our Named Executive Officers. See the notes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K for a discussion of the assumptions made in the valuation of these awards. The amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to all stock options awarded to our Named Executive Officers is recognized ratably over the vesting term of the awards. The details of the stock option grants are set forth in the section “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”.

(2)
Amounts in this column consist of the dollar values of perquisites consisting of automobile allowances, premiums for life, health and disability insurance and amounts contributed by the Company on behalf of the NEOs to our 401(K) Savings Plan, and other amounts as identified in the Perquisites table below.
 
113

 
                   
Company
             
       
Perquisites
         
Contributions
     
Change 
     
       
and Other
         
to Retirement
 
Severance
 
in Control 
     
       
Personal
 
Tax
 
Insurance
 
and 
 
Payments /
 
Payments /
     
       
Benefits
 
Reimbursements
 
Premiums
 
401(k) Plans
 
Accruals
 
Accruals
 
Total
 
Name
 
Year
 
($) (a)
 
($)
 
($) (b)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
Larry Morton
   
2007
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
29,396
 
$
1,000
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
30,396
 
Glenn Charlesworth
   
2007
   
-
   
-
   
8,918
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
8,918
 
Gregory Fess
   
2007
   
-
   
-
   
18,286
   
1,000
   
-
   
-
   
19,286
 
James Hearnsberger
   
2007
   
-
   
-
   
8,918
   
1,000
   
-
   
-
   
9,918
 
Lori Withrow
   
2007
   
-
   
-
   
9,926
   
1,000
   
-
   
-
   
10,926
 
Tom Arnost
   
2007
   
-
   
-
   
4,410
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
4,410
 
Mark Dvornik
   
2007
   
-
   
-
   
4,250
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
4,250
 

(a)
Consists of automobile allowance paid by the Company and the value of the personal use of automobiles
(b)
Represents health care insurance premiums, disability insurance premiums, life insurance premiums all paid by the Company, and group life insurance coverage paid by the Company
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth information concerning grants of plan-based awards made to each of the Named Executive Officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007:

       
Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
 
Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards
 
All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
 
All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
 
Exercise or
Base Price of
Option
 
Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option
 
   
Grant
 
Threshold
 
Target
 
Maximum
 
Threshold
 
Target
 
Maximum
 
or Units
 
Options
 
Awards
 
Awards
 
Name
 
Date
 
($)
 
($)
 
($)
 
(#)
 
(#)
 
(#)
 
(#)
 
(#) (1)
 
($ / Sh)
 
($) (2)
 
Larry Morton
  05/09/07    
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
         
2,000,000
 
$
4.30
 
$
2,951,000
 
Glenn Charlesworth
  05/09/07    
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
         
100,000
   
4.30
   
177,040
 
Gregory Fess
  05/09/07    
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
         
250,000
   
4.30
   
368,875
 
James Hearnsberger
  05/09/07    
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
         
100,000
   
4.30
   
177,040
 
Lori Withrow
  05/09/07    
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
         
100,000
   
4.30
   
177,040
 
Tom Arnost
  05/09/07    
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
         
750,000
   
4.30
   
1,106,625
 
Mark Dvornik
  05/09/07    
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
         
250,000
   
4.30
   
414,525
 
 
 
(1)
  The Company awarded options pursuant to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. The dollar amount recognized in 2007 for financial statement reporting purposes (calculated in accordance with SFAS 123(R) ) of the options granted to each NEO pursuant to the plan for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 is set forth in the Summary Compensation Table under the columns titled “Option Awards”.
 
(2)
The grant date fair value of option granted n May 2007 is calculated in accordance with SFAS 123(R). The exercise price of options is determined by the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan pursuant to which the options were granted. Under that plan, the exercise price is the closing price on the trading day of the option grant.
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2007 concerning outstanding equity awards held by the Named Executive Officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table.
 
114

       
Option Awards
 
Stock Awards
 
Name
 
Grant
Date (1)
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
(2)
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
(2)
 
Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
Unexercisable
 
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
 
Option
Expiration
Date
 
Number
of
Shares
or Units
of
Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)
 
Market
Value
of
Shares
or
Units
of
Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
($)
 
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)
 
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market
or Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
or Units
or Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
($)
 
Larry Morton
   
11/15/01
   
730,994
   
-
   
-
   
5.09
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
     
05/16/03
   
365,497
   
-
   
-
   
5.09
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
     
05/09/07
   
500,000
   
1,500,000
   
-
   
4.30
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Glenn Charlesworth
   
06/27/01
   
19,488
   
-
   
-
   
5.09
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
      
11/15/01
   
126,711
   
-
   
-
   
5.09
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
      
05/09/07
   
-
   
100,000
   
-
   
4.30
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Gregory Fess
   
11/15/01
   
219,298
   
-
   
-
   
5.09
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
      
05/16/03
   
182,749
   
-
   
-
   
5.09
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
      
05/09/07
   
62,500
   
187,500
   
-
   
4.30
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
James Hearnsberger
   
06/27/01
   
19,488
   
-
   
-
   
5.09
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
      
11/15/01
   
163,261
   
-
   
-
   
5.09
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
      
05/16/03
   
116,959
   
-
   
-
   
5.09
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
      
05/09/07
   
-
   
100,000
   
-
   
4.30
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Lori Withrow
   
06/27/01
   
19,488
   
-
   
-
   
5.09
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
      
11/15/01
   
163,261
   
-
   
-
   
5.09
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
      
05/16/03
   
116,959
   
-
   
-
   
5.09
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
      
05/09/07
   
-
   
100,000
   
-
   
4.30
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Tom Arnost
   
05/09/07
   
187,500
   
562,500
   
-
   
4.30
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Mark Dvornik
   
05/09/07
   
-
   
250,000
   
-
   
4.30
   
05/09/14
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 

 
(1)
All dates prior to the merger date of March 30, 2007, reflect the dates of the grants under the EBC plans in effect prior to the merger. All options outstanding as of the date of the merger were converted to options to purchase shares pursuant to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan as of the date of the merger. All dates subsequent to the date of the merger reflect grants made by the Company pursuant to the Plan.
 
(2)
All option grants to our NEOs that were converted to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan from EBC plans were 100% vested as of the date of the conversion, March 30, 2007. The following outlines the vesting schedule for each option grant to each NEO made in May 2007:

 
a.
Larry Morton – 25% vested on the date of grant and each anniversary date
 
b.
Glenn Charlesworth – Equally on first five anniversaries of the grant date
 
c.
Gregory Fess – 25% vested on the date of grant and each anniversary date
 
d.
James Hearnsberger – Equally on first five anniversaries of the grant date
 
e.
Lori Withrow – Equally on first five anniversaries of the grant date
 
f.
Tom Arnost – 25% vested on the date of the grant and each anniversary date
 
g.
Mark Dvornik – Equally on firsts four anniversaries of the grant date

Options Exercised and Stock Vested

The following table sets forth information concerning option exercises and stock vested for each of the Named Executive Officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007:
 
   
Option Awards
 
Stock Awards
 
Name
 
Number of Shares Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
 
Value Realized on
Exercise
($)
 
Number of Shares Acquired on
Vesting
(#)
 
Value Realized on
Vesting
($)
 
Larry Morton
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Glenn Charlesworth
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Gregory Fess
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
James Hearnsberger
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Lori Withrow
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Tom Arnost
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Mark Dvornik
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
 
115


Post-Employment Compensation

Pension Benefits

SEC Regulations require disclosure of information in the Annual Report, in tabular format, of any plans that provide for retirement payments or benefits other than defined contribution plans. We do not have any plan for our executives or employees that provides for payments or other benefits at, following, or in connection with, retirement. As a result, we have omitted presentation of this table.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

SEC regulations require disclosure of information in this annual report, in tabular format, of any defined contribution or other plans that provide for deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax-qualified. We do not have any plan that provides for such deferral of compensation in connection with retirement. As a result, we have omitted presentation of this table.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Several of the Named Executive Officers have entered into an employment agreement with the Company (see “Employment Agreements” in this document). Included in each employment agreement are provisions regarding termination of employment, including a change in control of the Company. The circumstances that would result in the payment of severance compensation and other benefits under the employment agreements are different for each Named Executive Officer.

As defined in the various employment agreements, there are three different circumstances that would result in the payment of severance compensation as follows: (1) change in control of the Company; (2) termination by the Company for reasons other than cause; and (3) resignation by the Named Executive Officer with good reason or cause.

In the event of termination for any of the above reasons, as defined in the employment agreements, each Named Executive Officer is eligible to receive the following:

Larry E. Morton
In the event of termination upon change of control or for reasons other than cause, or if Mr. Morton resigns for good cause, as defined in the agreement, Mr. Morton is eligible to receive his base salary for the greater of a period of twelve months or the time remaining under his employment agreement and Mr. Morton is eligible to receive continued coverage under the Company’s healthcare insurance plan in accordance with the continuation requirements of Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) for the term of the agreement with premiums paid by Company. In the event of death or disability, Mr. Morton is entitled to all benefits and compensation under the term of the agreement. In the event of death all payments shall be made to Mr. Morton's spouse or children.

Gregory W. Fess
In the event of termination upon change of control or for reasons other than cause, or if Mr. Fess resigns for good cause, as defined in the agreement, Mr. Fess is eligible to receive his base salary for the greater of a period of twelve months or the time remaining under his employment agreement and Mr. Fess is eligible to receive continued coverage under the Company’s healthcare insurance plan in accordance with the continuation requirements of Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) for the term of the agreement with premiums paid by Company.

Thomas Arnost
In the event of termination upon change of control or for reasons other than cause, or if Mr. Arnost resigns for good reason, as defined in the agreement, Mr. Arnost is eligible to receive his base salary for the greater of a period of twelve months or the time remaining under his employment agreement and Mr. Arnost is eligible to receive continued coverage under the Company’s healthcare insurance plan in accordance with the continuation requirements of COBRA for one year with premiums paid by Company. In the event of termination due to death or disability, the company shall pay all benefits and compensation up until the date of termination.

Mark Dvornik
In the event of termination upon change of control or for reasons other than cause, or if Mr. Dvornik resigns for good reason, as defined in the agreement, Mr. Dvornik is eligible to receive his base salary for the greater of a period of twelve months or the time remaining under his employment agreement and Mr. Dvornik is eligible to receive continued coverage under the Company’s healthcare insurance plan in accordance with the continuation requirements of COBRA for one year with premiums paid by Company. In the event of termination due to death or disability, the company shall pay all benefits and compensation up until the date of termination.
 
116

 
James Hearnsberger
In the event of termination by Mr. Hearnsberger for Good Reason, Company shall pay Mr. Hearnsberger all payments, compensation and benefits for a period of six months or through the then remaining term of the agreement, whichever is greater. Company may terminate Mr. Hearnsberger’s agreement at anytime upon ninety days notice, provided that Company shall pay Mr. Hearnsberger all payments, compensation and benefits for a period of six months or through the then remaining term of the agreement, whichever is greater.

Lori Withrow
  In the event of termination by Mrs. Withrow for Good Reason, Company shall pay Mrs. Withrow all payments, compensation and benefits for a period of six months or through the then remaining term of the agreement, whichever is greater. Company may terminate Mrs. Withrow’s agreement at anytime upon ninety days notice, provided that Company shall pay Mrs. Withrow all payments, compensation and benefits for a period of six months or through the then remaining term of the agreement, whichever is greater.

The following table sets forth potential payments to our Named Executive Officers under their employment agreements, for various circumstances involving the termination of employment of our Named Executive Officers or change in control of the Company, assuming a December 31, 2007 termination date.

Name
    
Executive Benefits
and Payments Upon
Termination
 
Death
($)
 
Disability
($)
 
Change in
Control
($)
 
Involuntary
for Cause
Termination
($)
 
Involuntary
Not for
Cause
Termination
($)
 
Voluntary
Termination
With Good
Reason
($)
 
Voluntary
Termination
Without
Good
Reason
($)
 
Larry Morton
   
Severance Payments
   $
1,170,000
   $
1,170,000
 
$
1,170,000
   
-
   
1,170,000
   
1,170,000
   
-
 
                                                      
 
   
Healthcare Benefits
Continuation
         
17,762
      
17,762
      
17,762
      
-
      
17,762
      
17,762
      
-
 
 
                                                 
Glenn Charlesworth
   
Severance Payments
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
                                                   
 
   
Healthcare Benefits
Continuation
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
 
                                                 
Gregory Fess
   
Severance Payments
   
708,750
   
708,750
   
708,750
   
-
   
708,750
   
708,750
   
-
 
                                                   
 
   
Healthcare Benefits
Continuation
   

23,716
   

23,716
   
23,716
   
-
   
23,716
   
23,716
   
-
 
 
                                                 
James Hearnsberger
   
Severance Payments
   
78,000
   
78,000
   
-
   
-
   
156,000
   
156,000
   
-
 
                                                   
 
   
Healthcare Benefits
Continuation
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
7,027
   
7,027
   
-
 
 
                                                 
Lori Withrow
   
Severance Payments
   
70,000
   
70,000
   
-
   
-
   
140,000
   
140,000
   
-
 
                                                   
 
   
Healthcare Benefits
Continuation
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
7,027
   
7,027
   
-
 
 
                                                 
Tom Arnost
   
Severance Payments
   
-
   
-
   
816,667
   
-
   
816,667
   
816,667
   
-
 
                                                   
 
   
Healthcare Benefits
Continuation
   
-
   
-
   
25,473
   
-
   
25,473
   
25,473
   
-
 
 
                                                 
Mark Dvornik
   
Severance Payments
   
-
   
-
   
433,333
   
-
   
433,333
   
433,333
   
-
 
                                                   
 
   
Healthcare Benefits
Continuation
   
-
   
-
   
14,932
   
-
   
14,932
   
14,932
   
-
 
 
117

 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 28, 2008 by:

 
each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;
 
   
 
each of our officers and directors; and
 
   
 
all our officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them. The table below assumes that there are 40.3 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

   
Amount and
 
Approximate Percentage
 
   
Nature of
 
Of
 
   
Beneficial
 
Outstanding Common
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)
    
Ownership
 
Stock
 
           
Directors and Officer:
         
Henry G. Luken III
   
7,068,552
(2)
 
17.35
%
Larry E. Morton
   
2,510,364
(3)
 
6.23
%
Gregory Fess
   
1,504,082
(4)
 
3.73
%
Robert B. Becker
   
19,978
(11)
 
0.05
%
Manuel Kadre
   
350,000
(10)
 
0.86
%
Thomas Arnost
   
-
(12)
     
James Hearnsberger
   
-
(12)
     
Glenn Charlesworth
   
-
(12)
     
Patrick G. Doran
   
-
(12)
     
Michael Flynn
   
-
(12)
     
John E. Oxendine
   
-
(12)
     
Michael Pierce
   
-
(12)   
     
All directors and executive officers as a group (5 individuals)
   
11,452,976
(5)
 
27.87
%
               
Beneficial Owners of More Than 5%:
             
RPCP Investments LLLP,
   
2,500,000
(6)(7)
 
6.21
%
Richard C. Rochon,
   
3,115,797
(7)
 
7.70
%
Paulson & Co. Inc.,
   
9,352,382
(8)
 
21.12
%
John Paulson,
   
9,352,382
(8)
 
21.12
%
Prentice Capital Management, LP
   
5,451,400
(9)
 
12.41
%
Michael Zimmerman
   
5,451,400
(9)
 
12.41
%

(1)
 
Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the owners is One Shackleford Drive, Suite 400, Little Rock, Arkansas 72211
(2)
 
These shares include 472,500 warrants to purchase common stock. Mr. Luken’s address is 641 Battery Place, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37403.
(3)
 
Shares are indirectly owned by Mr.Morton who serves as trustee for Sandra Morton Life Trust. Mr. Morton also owns 3,096,491 options to purchase common stock.
(4)
 
Shares are indirectly owned by Mr. Fess who serves as trustee for Judith A. Fess Life Trust.
(5)
 
Directors include: Mr. Luken, Mr. Morton and Mr. Becker. Executive officers: Mr. Luken, Mr. Morton and Mr. Fess.
(6)
 
RPCP Investments, LLLP may distribute its shares as a dividend or liquidation distribution to Mr. Richard Rochon, Stephen J. Ruzika, Jack I. Ruff, Mario B. Ferrari, and Robert Farenhem, RPCP Investments’ five limited partners. To the extent such shares are not distributed to its limited partners, they will be retained by RPCP Investments. Except for Mr. Rochon, as set forth in footnote 7 below, beneficial ownership of Equity Media common stock held by RPCP Investments is not attributed to its limited partners, Messrs. Ruzika, Ruff, Ferrari and Farenhem. Of the limited partners of RPCP Investments, Mr. Farenhem is a director and Mr. Ferrari is an executive officers of the Company. RPCP Investments address is 595 South Federal Highway, Suite 500, Boca Raton, Florida 33432
 
118

 
 (7)
 
These shares are held by RPCP Investments, LLLP (2,500,000) and CPAC I, LLLP.(452,797), RPCP Investments, Inc. is the general partner of both of these entities. Mr. Rochon is president and director and owns a 54% interest in RPCP Investments, Inc. As such, Mr. Rochon exercises voting and dispositive power over these shares. Mr. Rochon disclaims any beneficial ownership to the extent such beneficial ownership exceeds such pecuniary interest therein. These shares include 163,000 warrants to purchase common stock held by CPACW, LLLP, of which Mr. Rochon is also beneficial owner. Mr. Rochon Address is 595 South Federal Highway, Suite 500, Boca Raton, Florida 33432
(8)
 
Paulson & Co. Inc. (“Paulson”) is an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940. Paulson is the investment manager of Paulson Advantage Ltd., Paulson Advantage Plus Ltd. And to Separately Managed Accounts. Paulson is also the controlling person of Paulson Advisers LLC, the managing general partner of each of Paulson Advantage L.P. and Paulson Advantage Plus L.P. John Paulson is the controlling person of Paulson. Each of Paulson and John Paulson may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the securities directly owned by Advantage L.P., Advantage Plus L.P , Advantage Ltd., Advantage Plus Ltd. And the other accounts separately managed by Paulson. These shares include 4,000,000 warrants to purchase common stock beneficially owned by Paulson. Paulson’s address is 590 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10022
(9)
 
Prentice Capital Management, LP (the “Investment Manager”) serves as investment manager to a number of investment funds (including Prentice Capital Partners, LP, Prentice Capital Partners QP, LP and Prentice Capital Offshore, Ltd.) and manages investments for certain entities in managed accounts with respect to which it has voting and dispositive authority over the Common Stock reported in this Form 3. Michael Zimmerman (“Mr. Zimmerman”) is responsible for the supervision and conduct of all investment activities of the Investment Manager, including, without limitation, for all investment decisions with respect to the assets of such investment funds and managed accounts. These shares include 3,634,000 warrants to purchase common stock beneficially owned by the Investment Manager and Mr. Zimmerman. The address for Investment Manager and Mr. Zimmerman is 623 fifth Ave. 32 nd Floor, New York , NY, 10022.
(10)
 
The shares include 350,000 warrants to purchase common stock. Mr. Kadre holds 20,000 options to purchase common stock.
(11)
 
Mr. Becker holds 56,550 options to purchase common stock.
(12)
 
These individuals all hold options to purchase common stock as follows: Mr. Arnost 750,000, Mr.Hearnsberger 399,708, Mr. Charlesworth 246,199, Mr. Doran 200,000, Mr. Flynn, Mr. Oxendine and Mr. Pierce 20,000 each.

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 28, 2008 by our management:

   
Amount and
 
Approximate Percentage
 
   
Nature of
 
Of
 
   
Beneficial
 
Outstanding Common
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)
    
Ownership
    
Stock
 
           
Henry G. Luken III (2)
   
7,068,552
   
17.35
%
Larry E. Morton(3)
   
2,510,364
   
6.23
%
Gregory Fess(4)
   
1,504,082
   
3.73
%
Robert B. Becker
   
19,978
   
0.05
%

(1)
 
Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the owners is One Shackleford Drive, Suite 400, Little Rock, Arkansas 72211
(2)
 
Mr. Luken’s address is 641 Battery Place, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37403.
(3)
 
Shares are indirectly owned by Mr.Morton who serves as trustee for Sandra Morton Life Trust  
(4)
 
Shares are indirectly owned by Mr. Fess who serves as trustee for Judith A. Fess Life Trust.
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  

119

 
Management Services Agreement
 
Upon the closing of the Merger Transaction, the Company entered into a management services agreement with Royal Palm Capital Management, LLP (“Royal Palm”). The agreement generally provides that Royal Palm will provide general management and advisory services for an initial term of three years, subject to renewal thereafter on an annual basis by approval of a majority of the independent directors serving on the Company’s Board of Directors. The services to be provided include, but are not limited to, establishing certain office, accounting and administrative procedures, helping the Company obtain financing, advising the Company in securities matters and future acquisitions or dispositions, assisting the Company in formulating risk management policies, coordinating public relations and investor relations efforts, and providing such other services as may be reasonably requested by the Company and agreed to by Royal Palm. Royal Palm shall receive an annual management fee of $1,500,000, in addition to the reimbursement of budgeted out-of -pocket costs and expenses incurred in the performance of Royal Palm’s management services. The management services agreement may be terminated upon the material failure of either party to comply with its stated duties and obligations, subject to a 30-day cure period.
 
Royal Palm has agreed to defer receipt of its management fee so long as the obligation to lenders under the credit agreement remains outstanding.
 
Certain officers and directors of Royal Palm also serve as officers and directors of the Company.
 
Univision Affiliation Agreement
 
Univision owns 100% of the Company’s outstanding Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock. Immediately following the closing of the Merger Transaction, Univision Network Limited Partnership and Telefutura revised and executed new Affiliation Agreements for all existing television broadcast stations attributable to the Company that are Univision and Telefutura affiliates. These new agreements contain substantially the same terms and conditions as the previous affiliation agreements, but were renewed for 15 year terms beginning at the closing of the Merger Transaction.
 
Univision also acts as the national sales agent for the Company’s Spanish-language television stations. The Company pays Univision a 15% commission on those sales. The Company also operates its Salt Lake City Univision television station, KUTH through a local marketing agreement (LMA) with Univision. The Company incurred expenses related to commissions in the amounts of $676,255, $312,180, and $150,083 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively for sales made on behalf of the Company by Univision. Additionally, the Company accrued expenses related to operating fees of $323,338, $319,924 and $332,981 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively under the LMA with Univision.
 
Univision Registration Rights
 
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Company has granted to Univision certain “piggy back” registration rights at any time during the two year period following the Merger transaction. The Company shall provide Univision with written notice thereof at least fifteen days prior to the filing, and Univision shall provide written notice of the number of its registrable shares to be included in the registration statement within fifteen days of its receipt of the Company’s notice.
 
RTN Intellectual Property Agreement
 
Prior to the Merger Transaction, the Company entered into an intellectual property agreement with Retro Television Network, Inc., a company controlled by Larry Morton, a director, former President and CEO of the Company and current Chairman, President and CEO of Retro Programming Services, Inc, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Under the terms of the agreement, Retro Television Network, Inc. assigned 100% of the creative and intellectual rights for the Retro Television Network (“RTN”) to the Company in exchange for a ten (10) percent royalty fee to be paid solely from the revenues of non-Company owned stations that utilize the RTN concept and/or affiliate with RTN. The agreement also provides that in the event the Company was to sell its assigned rights in RTN to an unrelated third party, Retro Television Network, Inc., at its option, may convert the royalty fee to a twenty (20) percent interest of the sales proceeds.
 
As of December 31, 2007, royalty fees in the amount of $8,224 have been accrued, and no royalty fees were paid to Retro Television Network, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 or 2005, respectively.
 
120

 
Family Relationship Between Corporate Officers.
 
Lori Withrow, the Corporate Secretary, is the daughter of Larry Morton, a director, former President and CEO of the Company and current Chairman, President and CEO of Retro Programming Services, Inc, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company
 
Arkansas Media
 
Until the Merger Transaction, Arkansas Media owned 75% of EBC’s Class B common shares outstanding. The owners of Arkansas Media held management and board of director positions within EBC. Arkansas Media had provided management services to EBC under the terms of a management agreement. An aspect of the merger of EBC with the Company was a settlement between Arkansas Media and the Company whereby the management agreement with Arkansas Media was terminated effective March 30, 2007, the date of the merger. As consideration for terminating the agreement, EBC paid Arkansas Media $3.2 million, issued 640,000 shares of the EBC’s pre-merger Class A common stock valued at $4,800,000 , purchased three low power television stations for $1.3 million, purchased an office building and land for $0.3 million and retired a note payable to a company affiliated with Arkansas Media for $0.5 million.
 
The three owners of Arkansas Media, Mr. Larry Morton, Mr. Gregory Fess and Mr. Max Hooper also entered into either employment or consulting agreements with the Company for periods of one to three years, effective the date of the Merger Transaction.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

The following is a summary of fees paid to our principal accountant for services provided.

Audit Fees , Audit-Related Fees & Other Fees  

The firm of Moore Stephens Frost, PLC acts as our principal accountant. The aggregate fees, including expenses, billed for professional services incurred by the Company and rendered by Moore Stephens Frost, PLC in fiscal years 2007 and 2006 for the various services were:

   
Fiscal Year Ended
 
Type of Fees
 
December 31, 2007
 
December 31, 2006
 
Audit Fees (1)
 
$
216,975
 
$
153,175
 
Tax Fees (2)
   
35,919
   
35,056
 
All Other Fees (3)
   
19,864
   
24,672
 
Total
 
$
272,758
 
$
212,902
 

 
(1)
“Audit Fees” are fees billed by Moore Stephens Frost, PLC for professional services for the audit of our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K and review of our financial statements included in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, or for services normally provided by auditors in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.
 
(2)
“Tax Fees” are fees billed by Moore Stephens Frost, PLC for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning
 
(3)
“All Other Fees” are fees billed by Moore Stephens Frost, PLC for any professional service not included in the first two categories.

Board Approval  

The Audit Committee has established policies and procedures for the approval and pre-approval of audit and tax services.
 
121

 
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

(a)
 
Documents filed as part of this report:
     
 
(1)
 
Financial Statements
       
See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for Financial Statements included with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 
(2)
 
Financial Statement Schedules
 
None.
 
 
(3)
 
Exhibits.

Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
   
 
2.1
 
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 7, 2006, by and among the Registrant, Equity Broadcasting Corporation and certain shareholders of Equity Broadcasting Corporation (incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2006)
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.2
 
 
First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 5, 2006, between the Registrant and Equity Broadcasting Corporation and Major EBC Shareholders (see Exhibit 10.16)
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.3
 
 
Form of Second Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 14, 2006, between the Registrant, Equity Broadcasting Corporation and Major EBC Shareholders (incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed on September 20, 2006)
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.1
 
 
Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.2
 
 
Bylaws (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.3
 
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated March 30, 2007. Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 5, 2007.
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.4
 
 
Certificate of Designation for the Series A Convertible Non-Voting Preferred Stock dated March 30, 2007. Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 5, 2007.
   
 
 
 
 
 
3.5
 
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Equity Media Holdings Corporation. Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 5, 2007.
         
 
4.1
   
Specimen Unit Certificate. Incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105).
         
 
4.2
   
Specimen Common Stock Certificate. Incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105).
         
 
4.3
   
Specimen Warrant Certificates. Incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105).
         
 
4.4
   
Form of Unit Purchase Option granted to Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc., EarlyBirdCapital, Inc., David Nussbaum and Steven Levine. Incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105).
 
122

 
 
4.5
   
Form of Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105).  
         
 
4.6
   
Warrant Clarification Agreement, dated August 17, 2006, between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant. Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and filed on August 18, 2006.
         
 
4.7
   
Amended and Restated Warrant Clarification Agreement, dated January 17, 2007, between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2007.
         
 
4.8
 
 
Unit Purchase Option Clarification Agreement, dated January 17, 2007, among the Registrant, Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc., EarlyBirdCapital, Inc., David Nussbaum and Steven Levine. Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2007.
         
 
10.1
 
 
Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc., EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. and RPCP Investments, LLLP (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.2
 
 
Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc., EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. and Richard C. Rochon (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.3
 
 
Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc., EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. and Stephen J. Ruzika (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.4
 
 
Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc., EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. and Jack I. Ruff (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.5
 
 
Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc., EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. and Mario B. Ferrari (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.6
 
 
Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc., EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. and Robert C. Farenhem (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.7
 
 
Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.8
 
 
Form of Stock Escrow Agreement between the Registrant, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and Existing Stockholder (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.9
 
 
Promissory Note, dated as of May 10, 2005, issued to Royal Palm Capital Management, LLLP (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.10
 
 
Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and the Investors (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
123

 
 
10.11
 
 
Warrant Purchase Agreement dated May 18, 2005 among Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc. and each of Richard C. Rochon, Stephen J. Ruzika, Jack I. Ruff, Mario B.
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ferrari and Robert C. Farenhem (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.12
 
 
Form of Letter Agreement between Royal Palm Capital Management, LLLP and Registrant regarding administrative support (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.13
 
 
Letter agreement dated August 2, 2005, from each of RPCP Investments, LLLP, Richard C. Rochon, Stephen J. Ruzika, Jack I. Ruff, Mario B. Ferrari and Robert C. Farenhem to the Registrant (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the same number filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-125105))
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.15
 
 
Form of Voting Agreement and Proxy by and between the Registrant and certain shareholders of Equity Broadcasting Corporation (incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 7, 2006 and filed on April 13, 2006)
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.16
 
 
First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 5, 2006, between the Registrant, Equity Broadcasting Corporation and Major EBC Shareholders (incorporated by reference to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and filed on August 18, 2006)
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.17
 
 
Engagement Letter, dated March 3, 2006, between Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc. and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and filed on August 18, 2006)
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.18
 
 
Agreement to File Schedules, dated November 29, 2006 by the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 filed on December 1, 2006)
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.19
 
 
Form of Management Services Agreement by and between the Registrant and Royal Palm Capital Management, LLLP (attached hereto as Annex G to Form S-4 filed on March 15, 2007 incorporated by reference).
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.20
 
 
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2006, by and among Logan 12, Inc., Prime Broadcasting, Inc. and Equity Broadcasing Corporation (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 5 to Form S-4 filed on March 16, 2007)
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.21
 
 
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2004, by and among Equity Broadcasting Corporation, its Subsidiaries, and such other Equity Broadcasting Corporation affiliates, as borrowers, and SPCP Group, LLC, SPCP Group III LLC, Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., and other lenders from time to time parties hereto, Silver Point Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc, as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 5 to Form S-4 filed on March 16, 2007)
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.22
 
 
First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated June 29, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 5 to Form S-4 filed on March 16, 2007)
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.23
 
 
Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated July 25, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 5 to Form S-4 filed on March 16, 2007)
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.24
 
 
Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated December 23, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 5 to Form S-4 filed on March 16, 2007)
 
124

 
 
10.25
 
 
Fourth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated March 31, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 5 to Form S-4 filed on March 16, 2007)
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.26
 
 
Fifth Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated December, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 5 to Form S-4 filed on March 16, 2007)
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.27
 
 
Employment Agreement, dated March 30, 2007, by and between the Company and Larry E. Morton. Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 5, 2007.
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.28
 
 
Employment Agreement, dated March 30, 2007, by and between the Company and Gregory Fess. Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 5, 2007.
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.29
 
 
Consultant Agreement, dated March 30, 2007, by and between the Company and Hooper Holdings, Inc. Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 5, 2007.
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.30
 
 
Unit Purchase Agreement dated June 21, 2007 by and among the Company, and the investors listed on the Schedule of Buyers attached thereto. Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 27, 2007.
         
 
10.31
   
Asset Purchase Agreement, by and between EBC Buffalo, Inc. and Renard Communications Corp., dated August 6, 2007, effective August 15, 2007. Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 21, 2007.
         
 
10.32
   
Consent to Asset Purchase Agreement by Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., as Collateral Agent and a Lender, and by the Lenders listed on the signature page thereto, dated August 15, 2007. Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 21, 2007.
         
 
10.33
   
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated February 13, 2008 and related schedules.
         
 
10.34
   
Letter Agreement to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated February 13, 2008
         
 
10.35
   
First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Forbearance Agreement dated March 19, 2008 and related schedules.
         
 
10.36
   
Letter Agreement to First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated March 19, 2008
         
 
21
   
List of Subsidiaries of Equity Broadcasting Corporation. Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 4 to Form S-4 filed on March 15, 2007.
         
 
31.1
   
Certification by Henry G. Luken III, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
         
 
31.2
   
Certification by Patrick Doran, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
         
 
32.1
   
Certification by Henry G. Luken III, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
         
 
32.2
   
Certification by Patrick Doran, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

125

 
SIGNATURES  
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
EQUITY MEDIA HOLDINGS CORP.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/ HENRY G. LUKEN, III
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of
 
 
 
 
the Board of Directors
 
       
 
 
Date
 
March 31, 2008

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 
 
 
 
 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
       
/s/ Henry G. Luken III
 
Chief Executive Officer and
 
March 31, 2008
Henry G. Luken III
 
Chairman  of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Patrick Doran
 
Chief Financial Officer (Principal  
 
March 31, 2008
Patrick Doran
 
Financial Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Glenn Charlesworth
 
Vice President and Chief
 
March 31, 2008
  Glenn Charlesworth
 
 Accounting Officer  
 
 
         
/s/Larry Morton  
 
Director  
 
March 31, 2008
 Larry Morton
 
 
 
 
         
/s/ Robert B. Becker
 
Director
 
March 31, 2008
Robert B. Becker
       
         
/s/ Robert Farenhem
 
Director
 
March 31, 2008
Robert Farenhem
       
         
/s/ Michael Flynn
 
Director
 
March 31, 2008
Michael Flynn
       
         
/s/ Manuel Kadre
 
Director
 
March 31, 2008
Manuel Kadre
       
         
/s/ John Oxendine
 
Director
 
March 31, 2008
John Oxendine
       
         
/s/ Michael W. Pierce
 
Director
 
March 31, 2008
Michael W. Pierce
       
 
126

 
Exhibit Index  
 
31.1
 
Certification by Henry G. Luken III , Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
31.2
 
Certification by Patrick Doran , Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.1
 
Certification by Henry G. Luken III , Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.2
 
Certification by Patrick Doran , Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
127

 

1 Year Equity Media Holdings Corp (MM) Chart

1 Year Equity Media Holdings Corp (MM) Chart

1 Month Equity Media Holdings Corp (MM) Chart

1 Month Equity Media Holdings Corp (MM) Chart